|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 2 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (a) A tax is hereby imposed on each taxpayer for the |
2 |
| privilege of doing business in this State equal to the Illinois |
3 |
| gross receipts of the taxpayer, multiplied by the rates |
4 |
| determined under Section 203 of this Act and reduced by any |
5 |
| credit allowed under Section 204. |
6 |
| (b) The tax imposed under this Act applies to taxable years |
7 |
| ending on or after December 31, 2008. |
8 |
| (c) The tax imposed under this Act is a tax on the taxpayer |
9 |
| and may not be separately billed or invoiced to another person.
|
10 |
| (d) It is the purpose of Section 201 of this Act to impose |
11 |
| a tax upon the privilege of doing business in this State, so |
12 |
| far as the same may be done under the Constitution and statutes |
13 |
| of the United States and the Constitution of the State of |
14 |
| Illinois. If any clause, sentence, Section, provision, part, or |
15 |
| exemption included in this Act, or the application thereof to |
16 |
| any person or circumstance, is adjudged to be unconstitutional, |
17 |
| it is the intent of the General Assembly that the remainder of |
18 |
| this Act, or its application to persons or circumstances other |
19 |
| than those to which it has been held invalid, shall not be |
20 |
| affected thereby. |
21 |
| Section 202. Gross receipts and Illinois gross receipts.
|
22 |
| (a) Gross receipts. For purposes of this Act, "gross |
23 |
| receipts" means the total amount realized by a taxpayer, |
24 |
| without deduction for the cost of goods sold or other expenses |
25 |
| incurred, that is included in gross income of the taxpayer, |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 3 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| without exclusion or exemption except as provided in this |
2 |
| Section, and including the fair market value of any property |
3 |
| and any services received and any debt transferred or forgiven |
4 |
| as consideration. |
5 |
| (1) Gross receipts include, but are not limited to: |
6 |
| (A) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or |
7 |
| other disposition of the taxpayer's property to or with |
8 |
| another; |
9 |
| (B) Amounts realized from the taxpayer's |
10 |
| performance of services for another; |
11 |
| (C) Amounts realized from another's use or |
12 |
| possession of the taxpayer's property or capital; and |
13 |
| (D) Any combination of the foregoing amounts. |
14 |
| (2) "Gross receipts" does not include the following |
15 |
| amounts: |
16 |
| (A) Receipts from sales at retail of food for human |
17 |
| consumption that is to be consumed off the premises |
18 |
| where it is sold (other than alcoholic beverages, soft |
19 |
| drinks, and food that has been prepared for immediate |
20 |
| consumption) and nonprescription medicines, drugs, |
21 |
| medical appliances, modifications to a motor vehicle |
22 |
| for the purpose of rendering it usable by a disabled |
23 |
| person, and urine or blood testing materials used by |
24 |
| diabetics, for human use, to the extent such sales are |
25 |
| (or would be absent a specific exemption or exclusion) |
26 |
| subject to tax at the 1% rate under Section 2-10 of the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 4 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Retailers' Occupation Tax Act; |
2 |
| (A-1) Receipts from the transfer of the following |
3 |
| items for human use under a prescription, but only when |
4 |
| the items are transferred incident to a retail service |
5 |
| transaction: medicines, drugs, medical appliances, |
6 |
| modifications to a motor vehicle for the purpose of |
7 |
| rendering it usable by a disabled person, and insulin, |
8 |
| urine or blood testing materials, syringes, and |
9 |
| needles used by diabetics; |
10 |
| (B) Amounts received by an individual as dividends |
11 |
| or other distributions from earnings and profits of |
12 |
| corporations, partnerships, limited liability |
13 |
| companies, trusts, and other business entities and |
14 |
| distributive or proportionate shares of receipts and |
15 |
| income from a partnership, Subchapter S corporation, |
16 |
| or trust and, in the case of an individual owner of a |
17 |
| disregarded entity, gross receipts of the disregarded |
18 |
| entity; |
19 |
| (C) Receipts of an individual from the sale, |
20 |
| exchange, or other disposition of an asset described in |
21 |
| Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code, without |
22 |
| regard to the length of time the taxpayer held the |
23 |
| asset; |
24 |
| (D) Proceeds attributable to the recovery of |
25 |
| principal from the repayment, maturity, transfer, or |
26 |
| redemption of the principal of a loan (including any |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 5 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| account receivable held by any taxpayer other than a |
2 |
| person to whom subparagraph (D) of paragraph (3) of |
3 |
| this subsection (a) applies), bond, mutual fund, |
4 |
| certificate of deposit, or marketable instrument, or |
5 |
| amounts in excess of the net income realized on a |
6 |
| notional principal contract; |
7 |
| (E) The principal amount received under a |
8 |
| repurchase agreement or on account of any transaction |
9 |
| properly characterized as a loan to the taxpayer; |
10 |
| (F) Contributions received by a trust, plan, or |
11 |
| other arrangement, any of which is described in Section |
12 |
| 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or to which Title |
13 |
| 26, Subtitle A, Chapter 1, Subchapter (D) of the |
14 |
| Internal Revenue Code applies; |
15 |
| (G) Compensation, whether current or deferred, and |
16 |
| whether in cash or in kind, received or to be received |
17 |
| by an employee, former employee, or the employee's |
18 |
| legal successor for services rendered to or for an |
19 |
| employer, including reimbursements received by or for |
20 |
| an individual for medical or education expenses, |
21 |
| health insurance premiums, or employee expenses, or on |
22 |
| account of a dependent care spending account, legal |
23 |
| services plan, any cafeteria plan described in section |
24 |
| 125 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any similar |
25 |
| employee reimbursement; |
26 |
| (H) Proceeds received from the issuance of the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 6 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| taxpayer's own stock or other evidence of ownership, |
2 |
| from the issuance of options, warrants, puts, or calls |
3 |
| on the taxpayer's own stock or other evidence of |
4 |
| ownership, or from the sale of the taxpayer's treasury |
5 |
| stock; |
6 |
| (I) Proceeds from payments from life insurance |
7 |
| policies; |
8 |
| (J) Damages received as the result of litigation in |
9 |
| excess of amounts that, if received without |
10 |
| litigation, would be gross receipts; |
11 |
| (K) In the case of an agent, property, money, and |
12 |
| other amounts received or acquired by the agent on |
13 |
| behalf of another in excess of the agent's commission, |
14 |
| fee, or other remuneration. For purposes of this |
15 |
| subparagraph, "agent" means a person authorized by |
16 |
| another person to act on its behalf to undertake a |
17 |
| transaction for the other, and includes a person who |
18 |
| receives a fee to sell financial instruments on behalf |
19 |
| of another person or a person who retains only a |
20 |
| commission from a transaction with the other proceeds |
21 |
| from the transaction being remitted to another person. |
22 |
| (L) Tax refunds, other tax benefit recoveries, and |
23 |
| reimbursements for the tax imposed under this chapter |
24 |
| made by entities that are part of the same unitary |
25 |
| business group; |
26 |
| (M) Pension reversions; |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 7 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (N) Contributions to capital; |
2 |
| (O) Sales, occupation, use, excise, or other taxes |
3 |
| or fees collected by the taxpayer from a purchaser and |
4 |
| which the taxpayer is required by law to collect |
5 |
| directly from a purchaser and remit to a local, state, |
6 |
| or national tax authority; |
7 |
| (P) Property, money, and other amounts received by |
8 |
| a professional employer organization from a client |
9 |
| employer, in excess of the administrative fee charged |
10 |
| by the professional employer organization to the |
11 |
| client employer; |
12 |
| (Q) Amounts received from pari-mutuel wagering |
13 |
| subject to tax under Section 27 of the Illinois Horse |
14 |
| Racing Act of 1975 or would be subject to such tax if |
15 |
| the wagering were conducted within this State; |
16 |
| (R) Amounts received from conduct of gambling |
17 |
| games subject to tax under Section 13 of the Riverboat |
18 |
| Gambling Act or would be subject to such tax if the |
19 |
| gambling were conducted within this State; |
20 |
| (S) Gross receipts from the conduct of a lottery |
21 |
| under the Illinois Lottery Law; |
22 |
| (T) Amounts received from means-tested medical |
23 |
| assistance programs administered by the Department of |
24 |
| Healthcare and Family Services, including the |
25 |
| Children's Health Insurance Program Act, the Covering |
26 |
| All Kids Health Insurance Program Act, the Veterans |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 8 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Health Insurance Program Act, and health benefits |
2 |
| under the Illinois Public Aid Code: |
3 |
| (i) by an individual, or by a partnership, |
4 |
| Subchapter S corporation or disregarded entity |
5 |
| entirely owned by one or more individuals, or by a |
6 |
| hospital, as defined in Section 3 of the Hospital |
7 |
| Licensing Act, for any medical services; or |
8 |
| (ii) by any taxpayer, for outpatient medical |
9 |
| services; |
10 |
| (U) Receipts from a sale, exchange, or other |
11 |
| disposition of "qualifying investment securities", |
12 |
| within the meaning of Section 1501(a)(11.5) of the |
13 |
| Illinois Income Tax Act, or of an asset other than the |
14 |
| stock in trade or inventory of the taxpayer; |
15 |
| (V) Insurance premiums, to the extent subject to |
16 |
| tax under Section 409 of the Illinois Insurance Code; |
17 |
| and
|
18 |
| (W) Amounts which are exempt from gross receipts |
19 |
| taxation by this State either by reason of its statutes |
20 |
| or Constitution or by reason of the Constitution, |
21 |
| treaties or statutes of the United States. |
22 |
| (3) In calculating gross receipts, the following shall |
23 |
| be deducted to the extent included as a gross receipt in |
24 |
| the current taxable year or reported as taxable gross |
25 |
| receipts in a prior taxable year: |
26 |
| (A) Cash discounts allowed and taken; |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 9 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (B) Returns and allowances; |
2 |
| (C) Bad debts. For the purposes of this paragraph, |
3 |
| "bad debts" mean any debts that have become worthless |
4 |
| or uncollectible between the preceding and current |
5 |
| taxable years, have been uncollected for at least six |
6 |
| months, and may be claimed as a deduction under section |
7 |
| 166 of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations |
8 |
| adopted pursuant thereto, or that could be claimed as |
9 |
| such if the taxpayer kept its accounts on the accrual |
10 |
| basis. "Bad debts" does not include uncollectible |
11 |
| amounts on property that remains in the possession of |
12 |
| the taxpayer until the full purchase price is paid, |
13 |
| expenses in attempting to collect any account |
14 |
| receivable or for any portion of the debt recovered, |
15 |
| and repossessed property; and |
16 |
| (D) Any amount realized from the sale of an account |
17 |
| receivable by the taxpayer originating the account |
18 |
| receivable but only to the extent the receipts from the |
19 |
| underlying transaction giving rise to the account |
20 |
| receivable were included in the gross receipts of the |
21 |
| taxpayer. |
22 |
| (b) Illinois gross receipts. The Illinois gross receipts of |
23 |
| the taxpayer shall include: |
24 |
| (1) Gross rents and royalties from real property |
25 |
| located in this State; |
26 |
| (2) Gross rents and royalties from tangible personal |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 10 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| property, to the extent the tangible personal property is |
2 |
| located or used in this State; |
3 |
| (3) Gross receipts from the sale of electricity and |
4 |
| electric transmission and distribution services, if the |
5 |
| meter at which the quantity of electricity sold or |
6 |
| delivered to the purchaser is measured, is located in this |
7 |
| State; |
8 |
| (4) Gross receipts from the sale of |
9 |
| telecommunications, broadcast, internet, or cable |
10 |
| services, if the location of the equipment at which the |
11 |
| services are received by the purchaser is located in this |
12 |
| State. In the event this may not be a defined location, as |
13 |
| in the case of mobile phones, paging systems, or maritime |
14 |
| systems, the equipment is deemed to be the purchaser's |
15 |
| place of primary use as defined in the Mobile |
16 |
| Telecommunications Sourcing Conformity Act. For |
17 |
| air-to-ground systems and the like, the location of a |
18 |
| purchaser's primary use of the equipment is deemed to be as |
19 |
| defined by telephone number, authorization code, or |
20 |
| location to which bills are sent by the taxpayer to the |
21 |
| purchaser; |
22 |
| (5) Gross receipts from the sale of real property |
23 |
| located in this State; |
24 |
| (6) Gross receipts from the sale of tangible personal |
25 |
| property received in this State by the purchaser. In the |
26 |
| case of delivery of tangible personal property by common |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 11 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| carrier or by other means of transportation, the place at |
2 |
| which such property is ultimately received after all |
3 |
| transportation has been completed shall be considered the |
4 |
| place where the purchaser receives the property. For |
5 |
| purposes of this section, the phrase "delivery of tangible |
6 |
| personal property by common carrier or by other means of |
7 |
| transportation" includes the situation in which a |
8 |
| purchaser accepts the property in this state and then |
9 |
| transports the property directly or by other means to a |
10 |
| location outside this State. Direct delivery in this state, |
11 |
| other than for purposes of transportation, to a person or |
12 |
| firm designated by a purchaser constitutes delivery to the |
13 |
| purchaser in this State, and direct delivery outside this |
14 |
| State to a person or firm designated by a purchaser does |
15 |
| not constitute delivery to the purchaser in this State, |
16 |
| regardless of where title passes or other conditions of |
17 |
| sale; |
18 |
| (7) Gross receipts from the sale, exchange, |
19 |
| disposition, or other grant of the right to use trademarks, |
20 |
| trade names, patents, copyrights, and similar intellectual |
21 |
| property, to the extent that the receipts are based on the |
22 |
| amount of use of the property in this State. If the |
23 |
| receipts are not based on the amount of use of the |
24 |
| property, but rather on the right to use the property, and |
25 |
| the payor has the right to use the property in this State, |
26 |
| then the receipts from the sale, exchange, disposition, or |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 12 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| other grant of the right to use such property are Illinois |
2 |
| gross receipts to the extent the receipts are based on the |
3 |
| right to use the property in this State; |
4 |
| (8) Gross receipts from the sale of transportation |
5 |
| services by a common or contract carrier, in proportion to |
6 |
| the mileage traveled by the carrier during the taxable year |
7 |
| on roadways, waterways, airways, and railways in this State |
8 |
| to the mileage traveled by the carrier during the taxable |
9 |
| year on roadways, waterways, airways, and railways |
10 |
| everywhere; |
11 |
| (9) Gross receipts from interest and dividends, and |
12 |
| gross receipts derived from "qualifying investment |
13 |
| securities" within the meaning of Section 1501(a)(11.5) of |
14 |
| the Illinois Income Tax Act, if the payor is a resident of |
15 |
| this State (in the case of an individual, trust or estate) |
16 |
| or if the payor's commercial domicile is in this State (for |
17 |
| all other payors); provided that, unless the taxpayer has |
18 |
| actual knowledge to the contrary as shown in its books and |
19 |
| records, the mailing address of the payor used in |
20 |
| connection with the transaction in which the gross receipts |
21 |
| are derived shall be deemed to show the state of residence |
22 |
| or commercial domicile of the payor; |
23 |
| (10) Gross receipts from the sale of all other |
24 |
| services, and all other gross receipts for which no express |
25 |
| provision is made in this section, in the proportion that |
26 |
| the purchaser's benefit in this State with respect to what |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 13 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| was purchased bears to the purchaser's benefit everywhere |
2 |
| with respect to what was purchased. The physical location |
3 |
| where the purchaser ultimately uses or receives the benefit |
4 |
| of what was purchased shall be paramount in determining the |
5 |
| proportion of the benefit in this State to the benefit |
6 |
| everywhere; and |
7 |
| (11) If the provisions of paragraphs (1) to (10) of |
8 |
| this subsection do not fairly represent the extent of a |
9 |
| taxpayer's activity in this State, the taxpayer may |
10 |
| request, or the Department may require or permit, an |
11 |
| alternative method to effectuate an equitable allocation |
12 |
| of the taxpayer's gross receipts to this State.
|
13 |
| Section 203. Rate.
|
14 |
| (a) Illinois gross receipts from sales, leases, or rentals |
15 |
| of tangible personal property, or from construction contracts |
16 |
| pursuant to which tangible personal property is incorporated |
17 |
| into a structure or improvement on and becomes a part of real |
18 |
| property, are taxed at the rate of 0.85%. |
19 |
| (b) All other Illinois gross receipts are taxed at the rate |
20 |
| of 1.95%. |
21 |
| (c) For purposes of determining whether the tax imposed by |
22 |
| this Act is imposed at the rate under subsection (a), "sales of |
23 |
| tangible personal property" means the type of transactions that |
24 |
| either: |
25 |
| (1) occur in Illinois and are subject to the Retailers' |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 14 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Occupation Tax Act or would be but for the fact that the |
2 |
| transactions are: |
3 |
| (A) exempt as sales for resale; |
4 |
| (B) exempt as occasional sales; or |
5 |
| (C) exempt under a specific product or use-based |
6 |
| exemption or exclusion or any other specific exemption |
7 |
| or exclusion contained in the Retailers' Occupation |
8 |
| Tax Act; or |
9 |
| (2) do not occur in Illinois but would be subject to |
10 |
| the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act if they occurred in |
11 |
| Illinois, or would be if they occurred in Illinois but for |
12 |
| the fact that the transactions are: |
13 |
| (A) exempt as sales for resale; |
14 |
| (B) exempt as occasional sales; or |
15 |
| (C) exempt under a specific product or use-based |
16 |
| exemption or exclusion or any other specific exemption |
17 |
| or exclusion contained in the Retailers' Occupation |
18 |
| Tax Act. |
19 |
| Section 204. Credits.
|
20 |
| (a) For each taxable year, each taxpayer that is a |
21 |
| corporation is allowed a credit for any Illinois income tax |
22 |
| liability incurred for the taxable year under Section 201(b)(8) |
23 |
| of the Illinois Income Tax Act, after taking into account any |
24 |
| credits allowed against that liability under Article 2 of the |
25 |
| Illinois Income Tax Act. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 15 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (b) The credits allowed under this Section may not reduce |
2 |
| the taxpayers liability under this Act to less than zero. No |
3 |
| carryover of excess credits may be made to other taxable years. |
4 |
| Section 205. Exempt organizations.
The following |
5 |
| organizations are exempt from the tax imposed by this Act: |
6 |
| (a) an organization that is exempt from the federal income |
7 |
| tax by reason of Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code is |
8 |
| taxed only on those Illinois gross receipts taken into account |
9 |
| in computing its unrelated business taxable income as |
10 |
| determined under Section 512 of the Internal Revenue Code; |
11 |
| (b) the government of the United States, of any foreign |
12 |
| country, or of any of the states or of any agency, |
13 |
| instrumentality, or political subdivision of such a |
14 |
| government; and |
15 |
| (c) any taxpayer whose Illinois gross receipts for the |
16 |
| taxable year total $2,000,000 or less. For short taxable years, |
17 |
| the $2,000,000 amount is an amount equal to: (i) $2,000,000 |
18 |
| multiplied by the number of days in the short taxable year; |
19 |
| divided by (ii) 365.
The General Assembly has established the |
20 |
| exemption in this subsection for purposes of administrative |
21 |
| convenience and to avoid additional expenses in the collection |
22 |
| or enforcement of the Gross Receipts Tax on behalf of the |
23 |
| taxpayer, entity, or Department. |
24 |
| ARTICLE 3. ACCOUNTING |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 16 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Section 301. Taxable years.
For purposes of this Act, the |
2 |
| taxable year of a taxpayer is the taxable year used by the |
3 |
| taxpayer for federal income tax purposes. In the case of a |
4 |
| disregarded entity, the taxable year is the taxable year of its |
5 |
| owner. The taxable year of any other taxpayer is its annual |
6 |
| accounting period if it is a fiscal or calendar year and, in |
7 |
| all other cases, is the calendar year.
|
8 |
| Section 302. Method of accounting. A taxpayer's method of |
9 |
| accounting for gross receipts for a taxable year must be the |
10 |
| same as the taxpayer's method of accounting for federal income |
11 |
| tax purposes for the taxable year. A disregarded entity must |
12 |
| use the method of accounting used by its owner. |
13 |
| Section 303. Combined reporting. The members of a unitary |
14 |
| business group who are required to file a combined Illinois |
15 |
| income tax return under Section 502(e) of the Illinois Income |
16 |
| Tax Act are treated as a single taxpayer and must file a |
17 |
| combined return under this Act. |
18 |
| Section 304. Reallocation of items. If it appears to the |
19 |
| Director that any agreement, understanding, or arrangement |
20 |
| exists between any persons that causes any taxpayer's Illinois |
21 |
| gross receipts to be improperly or inaccurately reflected, then |
22 |
| the Director may adjust those gross receipts and any factor |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 17 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| taken into account in allocating gross receipts to this State |
2 |
| to such extent as may reasonably be required to determine the |
3 |
| gross receipts of the taxpayer that are properly allocable to |
4 |
| this State. |
5 |
| ARTICLE 4. RETURNS AND NOTICES |
6 |
| Section 401. Returns and notices. |
7 |
| (a) Except as provided by the Department by rule, each |
8 |
| taxpayer qualified to do business in this State at any time |
9 |
| during a taxable year shall make a return under this Act for |
10 |
| that taxable year. |
11 |
| (b) Each taxpayer shall keep such records, render such |
12 |
| statements, make such returns and notices, and comply with such |
13 |
| rules that the Department may from time to time adopt. Whenever |
14 |
| in the judgment of the Director it is necessary, he or she may |
15 |
| require any person, by notice served upon that person or by |
16 |
| rule, to make such returns and notices, render such statements, |
17 |
| or keep such records, as the Director deems sufficient to show |
18 |
| whether or not that person is liable for tax under this Act.
|
19 |
| Section 402. Time and place for filing returns. |
20 |
| (a) Returns required by this Act must be filed at such |
21 |
| place that the Department may require by rule. |
22 |
| (b) A return due under this Act for any taxable year must |
23 |
| be filed on or before the due date (including extensions) for |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 18 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| filing of the taxpayer's Illinois income tax return for the |
2 |
| same taxable year under the Illinois Income Tax Act. If no |
3 |
| Illinois income tax return is due then the return must be filed |
4 |
| as follows: |
5 |
| (1) Except as provided in item (3), returns of |
6 |
| individuals, partnerships, trusts, and estates must be |
7 |
| filed on or before the 15th day of the fourth month |
8 |
| following the close of the taxable year. |
9 |
| (2) Corporate returns must be filed on or before the |
10 |
| 15th day of the third month following the close of the |
11 |
| taxable year. |
12 |
| (3) Organizations that are exempt from the federal |
13 |
| income tax by reason of Section 501(a) of the Internal |
14 |
| Revenue Code shall file returns required by this Act on or |
15 |
| before the 15th day of the 5th month following the close of |
16 |
| the taxable year. |
17 |
| (4) The return of a disregarded entity must be filed on |
18 |
| or before the due date under items (1), (2), or (3) of the |
19 |
| disregarded entity's owner. |
20 |
| (c) If the taxpayer has been granted an extension or |
21 |
| extensions of time within which to file its Illinois income tax |
22 |
| return or its federal income tax return for any taxable year, |
23 |
| then the filing of a copy of such extension or extensions with |
24 |
| the Department shall automatically extend the due date of the |
25 |
| return with respect to the tax imposed by this Act for an |
26 |
| equivalent period (plus an additional month beyond the federal |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 19 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| extension in the case of corporations) if the requirements of |
2 |
| Section 502 are met. |
3 |
| (d) The Department may prescribe forms allowing taxpayers |
4 |
| to file a return due under this Act as part of the return due |
5 |
| under the Illinois Income Tax Act for the same taxable year. |
6 |
| (e) The Department may require electronic filing of any |
7 |
| return due under this Act. |
8 |
| Section 403. Signing of returns and notices. |
9 |
| (a) Signature presumed authentic. The fact that an |
10 |
| individual's name is signed to a return or notice is prima |
11 |
| facie evidence for all purposes that the document was actually |
12 |
| signed by that individual. If a return is prepared by an income |
13 |
| tax return preparer for a taxpayer, then that preparer shall |
14 |
| sign the return as the preparer of that return. If a return is |
15 |
| transmitted to the Department electronically, then the |
16 |
| Department may presume that the electronic return originator |
17 |
| has obtained and is transmitting a valid signature document |
18 |
| pursuant to the rules adopted by the Department for the |
19 |
| electronic filing of tax returns, or the Department may |
20 |
| authorize electronic return originators to maintain the |
21 |
| signature documents and associated documentation, subject to |
22 |
| the Department's right of inspection at any time without |
23 |
| notice, rather than transmitting those documents to the |
24 |
| Department, and the Department may process the return. |
25 |
| (b) Corporations. A return or notice required of a |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 20 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| corporation must be signed by the president, vice-president, |
2 |
| treasurer or any other officer duly authorized so to act or, in |
3 |
| the case of a limited liability company, by a manager or |
4 |
| member. In the case of a return or notice made for a |
5 |
| corporation by a fiduciary, the fiduciary shall sign the |
6 |
| document. The fact that an individual's name is signed to a |
7 |
| return or notice is prima facie evidence that the individual is |
8 |
| authorized to sign the document on behalf of the taxpayer. |
9 |
| (c) Partnerships. A return or notice of a partnership must |
10 |
| be signed by any one of the partners or, in the case of a |
11 |
| limited liability company, by a manager or member. The fact |
12 |
| that a person's name is signed to a return or notice is prima |
13 |
| facie evidence that the individual is authorized to sign the |
14 |
| document on behalf of the partnership or limited liability |
15 |
| company. |
16 |
| (d) Failure to sign a return. If a taxpayer fails to sign a |
17 |
| return within 30 days after proper notice and demand for |
18 |
| signature by the Department, the return is considered valid, |
19 |
| and any amount shown to be due on the return is deemed |
20 |
| assessed. Any overpayment of tax shown on the face of an |
21 |
| unsigned return is considered forfeited if, after notice and |
22 |
| demand for signature by the Department, the taxpayer fails to |
23 |
| provide a signature and 3 years have passed from the date the |
24 |
| return was filed. |
25 |
| Section 404. Verification. Each return or notice required |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 21 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| to be filed under this Act must contain or be verified by a |
2 |
| written declaration that it is made under the penalties of |
3 |
| perjury. A taxpayer's signing a fraudulent return under this |
4 |
| Act is perjury, as defined in Section 32-2 of the Criminal Code |
5 |
| of 1961. |
6 |
| Section 405. Changes affecting federal income tax. A person |
7 |
| shall notify the Department if the federal income tax liability |
8 |
| of that person for any year is altered by amendment of that |
9 |
| person's federal income tax return or as a result of any other |
10 |
| recomputation or redetermination of federal income tax |
11 |
| liability and the alteration reflects a change or settlement |
12 |
| with respect to any item or items affecting the computation of |
13 |
| that person's Illinois gross receipts tax for any year under |
14 |
| this Act. The notification must be in the form of an amended |
15 |
| return or such other form as the Department may by require by |
16 |
| rule, must contain the person's name and address and any other |
17 |
| information that the Department may by rule require, must be |
18 |
| signed by the person or his or her duly authorized |
19 |
| representative, and must be filed not later than 120 days after |
20 |
| the alteration has been agreed to or finally determined for |
21 |
| federal income tax purposes or after any federal income tax |
22 |
| deficiency or refund, tentative carryback adjustment, |
23 |
| abatement, or credit resulting therefrom has been assessed or |
24 |
| paid, whichever occurs first. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 22 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| ARTICLE 5. PAYMENTS |
2 |
| Section 501. Payment on due date of return. Each taxpayer |
3 |
| required to file a return under this Act shall, without |
4 |
| assessment, notice, or demand, pay any tax due thereon to the |
5 |
| Department at the place fixed by rules adopted by the |
6 |
| Department for filing on or before the date fixed for filing |
7 |
| the return (determined without regard to any extension of time |
8 |
| for filing the return). In making payment as provided in this |
9 |
| Section, there remains payable only the balance of the tax |
10 |
| remaining due after giving effect to payments of estimated tax |
11 |
| made by the taxpayer under Article 6 of this Act for the |
12 |
| taxable year and to tentative payments under Section 502 of |
13 |
| this Act for the taxable year, which payments are deemed to |
14 |
| have been paid on account of the tax imposed by this Act for |
15 |
| the taxable year. |
16 |
| Section 502. Tentative payments. |
17 |
| (a) In connection with any extension provided under Section |
18 |
| 402 of the time for filing a return, the taxpayer shall file a |
19 |
| tentative tax return and pay, on or before the date required by |
20 |
| law for the filing of the return (determined without regard to |
21 |
| any extensions of time for such filing), the amount properly |
22 |
| estimated as his or her tax for the taxable year. |
23 |
| (b) Interest and penalty on any amount of tax due and |
24 |
| unpaid for the period of any extension is payable as provided |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 23 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| by the Uniform Penalty and Interest Act. |
2 |
| Section 503. Electronic funds transfers. The Department |
3 |
| may, by rule, require any taxpayer to make payments due under |
4 |
| this Act by electronic funds transfer. |
5 |
| ARTICLE 6. PAYMENT OF ESTIMATED TAX |
6 |
| Section 601. Payment of estimated tax. |
7 |
| (a) For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, |
8 |
| each taxpayer is required to pay estimated tax for the taxable |
9 |
| year, in the form and manner that the Department requires by |
10 |
| rule. |
11 |
| (b) The estimated tax must be paid in 4 equal installments |
12 |
| for each taxable year as follows: |
13 |
| (1) the first installment is due on April 15; |
14 |
| (2) the second installment is due on June 15; |
15 |
| (3) the third installment is due on September 15; |
16 |
| (4) for individuals and disregarded entities owned by |
17 |
| individuals, the fourth installment is due on January 15 of |
18 |
| the following taxable year; and |
19 |
| (5) for all other taxpayers, the fourth installment is |
20 |
| due on December 15 |
21 |
| (c) Application to short taxable years. The application of |
22 |
| this Section to taxable years of less than 12 months is in |
23 |
| accordance with rules adopted by the Department. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 24 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (d) In the application of this Section to the case of a |
2 |
| taxable year beginning on any date other than January 1, there |
3 |
| must be substituted, for the months specified in subsection |
4 |
| (b), the months that correspond thereto. |
5 |
| (e) Any installment of estimated tax may be paid before the |
6 |
| date prescribed for its payment. |
7 |
| Section 602. Failure to pay estimated tax. |
8 |
| (a) In case of any underpayment of estimated tax by a |
9 |
| taxpayer, except as provided in subsection (d), the taxpayer is |
10 |
| liable to a penalty in an amount determined at the rate |
11 |
| prescribed by Section 3-3 of the Uniform Penalty and Interest |
12 |
| Act upon the amount of the underpayment, determined under |
13 |
| subsection (b), for each required installment. |
14 |
| (b) For purposes of subsection (a), the amount of the |
15 |
| underpayment is the excess of: |
16 |
| (1) the amount of the installment that would be |
17 |
| required to be paid under subsection (c); less |
18 |
| (2) the amount, if any, of the installment paid on or |
19 |
| before the last date prescribed for payment. |
20 |
| (c) Amount of required installments. |
21 |
| (1) Amount. |
22 |
| (A) In general. Except as provided in paragraph |
23 |
| (2), the amount of any required installment is 25% of |
24 |
| the required annual payment. |
25 |
| (B) Required annual payment. For purposes of |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 25 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| subparagraph (A), the term "required annual payment" |
2 |
| means the lesser of: |
3 |
| (i) for taxable years ending before December |
4 |
| 31, 2009, 80% of the tax shown on the return for |
5 |
| the taxable year, or if no return is filed, 80% of |
6 |
| the tax for such year, and for taxable years ending |
7 |
| on or after December 31, 2009, 90% of the tax shown |
8 |
| on the return for the taxable year, or if no return |
9 |
| is filed, 90% of the tax for such year; or |
10 |
| (ii) 100% of the tax shown on the return of the |
11 |
| taxpayer for the preceding taxable year if a return |
12 |
| showing a liability for tax was filed by the |
13 |
| taxpayer for the preceding taxable year and such |
14 |
| preceding year was a taxable year of 12 months. |
15 |
| (2) Lower required installment where annualized gross |
16 |
| receipts installment is less than amount determined under |
17 |
| paragraph (1). |
18 |
| (A) In general. In the case of any required |
19 |
| installment, if a taxpayer establishes that the |
20 |
| annualized Illinois gross receipts installment is less |
21 |
| than the amount determined under paragraph (1), then: |
22 |
| (i) the amount of the required installment is |
23 |
| the annualized Illinois gross receipts |
24 |
| installment; and |
25 |
| (ii) any reduction in a required installment |
26 |
| resulting from the application of this |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 26 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| subparagraph must be recaptured by increasing the |
2 |
| amount of the next required installment determined |
3 |
| under paragraph (1) by the amount of such reduction |
4 |
| and by increasing subsequent required installments |
5 |
| to the extent that the reduction has not previously |
6 |
| been recaptured under this clause. |
7 |
| (B) Determination of annualized Illinois gross |
8 |
| receipts installment. In the case of any required |
9 |
| installment, the annualized Illinois gross receipts |
10 |
| installment is the excess, if any, of: |
11 |
| (i) an amount equal to the applicable |
12 |
| percentage of the tax for the taxable year computed |
13 |
| by placing on an annualized basis the Illinois |
14 |
| gross receipts for months in the taxable year |
15 |
| ending before the due date for the installment; |
16 |
| over |
17 |
| (ii) the aggregate amount of any prior |
18 |
| required installments for the taxable year. |
19 |
| (C) Applicable percentage.
The applicable |
20 |
| percentage for each required installment is as |
21 |
| follows: |
22 |
| (i) for the first required installment, the |
23 |
| applicable percentage is 22.5% (20% for taxable |
24 |
| years ending prior to December 31, 2009); |
25 |
| (ii) for the second required installment, the |
26 |
| applicable percentage is 45% (40% for taxable |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 27 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| years ending prior to December 31, 2009); |
2 |
| (iii) for the third required installment, the |
3 |
| applicable percentage is 67.5% (60% for taxable |
4 |
| years ending prior to December 31, 2009); and |
5 |
| (v) for the fourth required installment, the |
6 |
| applicable percentage is 90% (80% for taxable |
7 |
| years ending prior to December 31, 2009). |
8 |
| (E) Annualized Illinois gross receipts. Illinois |
9 |
| gross receipts shall be placed on an annualized basis |
10 |
| by multiplying by 12 the gross receipts: |
11 |
| (i) for the first 3 months of the taxable year, |
12 |
| in the case of the installment required to be paid |
13 |
| in the 4th month; |
14 |
| (ii) for the first 3 months or for the first 5 |
15 |
| months of the taxable year, in the case of the |
16 |
| installment required to be paid in the 6th month; |
17 |
| (iii) for the first 6 months or for the first 8 |
18 |
| months of the taxable year, in the case of the |
19 |
| installment required to be paid in the 9th month; |
20 |
| and |
21 |
| (iv) for the first 9 months or for the first 11 |
22 |
| months of the taxable year, in the case of the |
23 |
| installment required to be paid in the 12th month |
24 |
| of the taxable year, |
25 |
| then dividing the resulting amount by the number of |
26 |
| months in the taxable year (3, 5, 6, 8, 9, or 11 as the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 28 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| case may be). |
2 |
| (d) Exceptions. Notwithstanding the provisions of the |
3 |
| preceding subsections, the penalty imposed by subsection (a) is |
4 |
| imposed if the taxpayer was not required to file an Illinois |
5 |
| gross receipts tax return under this Act for the preceding |
6 |
| taxable year. |
7 |
| (e) Definition of tax. For purposes of subsections (b) and |
8 |
| (c), the term "tax" means the tax imposed under Article 2 of |
9 |
| this Act. |
10 |
| (f) Short taxable year. The application of this Section to |
11 |
| taxable years of less than 12 months must be in accordance with |
12 |
| rules adopted by the Department.
|
13 |
| Section 603. Reporting and paying with estimated income |
14 |
| tax. If, under Section 402(d) of this Act, the Department has |
15 |
| provided forms requiring the reporting of the tax due under |
16 |
| this Act on the taxpayer's Illinois income tax return for the |
17 |
| same taxable year, the Department may provide by rule that |
18 |
| Section 602 does not apply, the payments due under Section 601 |
19 |
| are due on the same dates as estimated income tax payments and |
20 |
| that, for purposes of the computation of penalty for failure to |
21 |
| pay estimated tax under Section 804 of the Illinois Income Tax |
22 |
| Act for a taxable year, the amount of each required installment |
23 |
| under Section 804(c) of the Illinois Income Tax Act are |
24 |
| increased by the payment required under Section 601 of this Act |
25 |
| at the time that the required installment was due, and any |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 29 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| payment made under Section 601 of this Act is treated as a |
2 |
| payment of estimated tax under Section 803 of the Illinois |
3 |
| Income Tax Act. |
4 |
| ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURE AND ADMINISTRATION |
5 |
| Section 701. Collection authority. The Department shall |
6 |
| collect the taxes imposed by this Act and shall deposit the |
7 |
| amounts collected under this Act into the General Revenue Fund |
8 |
| in the State treasury. |
9 |
| Section 702. Notice and demand. |
10 |
| (a) In general. Except as provided in subsection (b), the |
11 |
| Director shall, as soon as practicable after an amount payable |
12 |
| under this Act is deemed assessed (as provided in Section 703 |
13 |
| of this Act), give notice to each person liable for any unpaid |
14 |
| portion of such assessment, stating the amount unpaid and |
15 |
| demanding payment thereof. In the case of tax deemed assessed |
16 |
| with the filing of a return, the Director shall give notice no |
17 |
| later than 3 years after the date the return was filed. Upon |
18 |
| receipt of any notice and demand there must be paid, at the |
19 |
| place and time stated in the notice, the amount stated in the |
20 |
| notice. The notice must be left at the dwelling or usual place |
21 |
| of business of the person or shall be sent by mail to the |
22 |
| person's last known address. |
23 |
| (b) Judicial review. In the case of a deficiency deemed |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 30 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| assessed under Section 703(a)(2) of this Act, after the filing |
2 |
| of a protest, notice and demand shall not be made with respect |
3 |
| to the assessment until all proceedings in court for the review |
4 |
| of the assessment have terminated or the time for the taking |
5 |
| thereof has expired without the proceedings being instituted. |
6 |
| (c) Action for recovery of taxes. At any time that the |
7 |
| Department might commence proceedings for a levy under Section |
8 |
| 909 of this Act, regardless of whether a notice of lien was |
9 |
| filed under the provisions of Section 903 of this Act, it may |
10 |
| bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction within |
11 |
| or without this State in the name of the people of this State |
12 |
| to recover the amount of any taxes, penalties, and interest due |
13 |
| and unpaid under this Act. In such action, the certificate of |
14 |
| the Department showing the amount of the delinquency is prima |
15 |
| facie evidence of the correctness of the amount, its |
16 |
| assessment, and of the compliance by the Department with all |
17 |
| the provisions of this Act. |
18 |
| (d) Sales or transfers outside the usual course of |
19 |
| business; Report; payment of tax; rights and duties of |
20 |
| purchaser or transferee; penalty. If any taxpayer, outside the |
21 |
| usual course of its business, sells or transfers the major part |
22 |
| of any one or more of (i) the stock of goods which it is engaged |
23 |
| in the business of selling, (ii) the furniture or fixtures, |
24 |
| (iii) the machinery and equipment, or (iv) the real property of |
25 |
| any business that is subject to the provisions of this Act, the |
26 |
| purchaser or transferee of the assets shall, no later than 10 |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 31 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| business days after the sale or transfer, file a notice of sale |
2 |
| or transfer of business assets with the Chicago office of the |
3 |
| Department disclosing the name and address of the seller or |
4 |
| transferor, the name and address of the purchaser or |
5 |
| transferee, the date of the sale or transfer, a copy of the |
6 |
| sales contract and financing agreements, which must include a |
7 |
| description of the property sold or transferred, the amount of |
8 |
| the purchase price or a statement of other consideration for |
9 |
| the sale or transfer and the terms for payment of the purchase |
10 |
| price, and such other information as the Department may |
11 |
| reasonably require. If the purchaser or transferee fails to |
12 |
| file the notice of sale with the Department within the |
13 |
| prescribed time, the purchaser or transferee is personally |
14 |
| liable to the Department for the amount owed by the seller or |
15 |
| transferor but unpaid, up to the amount of the reasonable value |
16 |
| of the property acquired by the purchaser or transferee. The |
17 |
| purchaser or transferee shall pay the Department the amount of |
18 |
| tax, penalties, and interest owed by the seller or transferor |
19 |
| under this Act, to the extent they have not been paid by the |
20 |
| seller or transferor. The seller or transferor, or the |
21 |
| purchaser or transferee, at least 10 business days before the |
22 |
| date of the sale or transfer, may notify the Department of the |
23 |
| intended sale or transfer and request the Department to make a |
24 |
| determination as to whether the seller or transferor owes any |
25 |
| tax, penalty, or interest due under this Act. The Department |
26 |
| shall take such steps as may be appropriate to comply with the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 32 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| request. |
2 |
| Any order issued by the Department pursuant to this Section |
3 |
| to withhold from the purchase price must be issued within 10 |
4 |
| business days after the Department receives notification of a |
5 |
| sale as provided in this Section. The purchaser or transferee |
6 |
| shall withhold any portion of the purchase price that may be |
7 |
| directed by the Department, but not to exceed a minimum amount |
8 |
| varying by type of business, as determined by the Department |
9 |
| pursuant to regulations, plus twice the outstanding unpaid |
10 |
| liabilities and twice the average liability of preceding |
11 |
| filings times the number of unfiled returns that were not filed |
12 |
| when due, to cover the amount of all tax, penalty, and interest |
13 |
| due and unpaid by the seller or transferor under this Act or, |
14 |
| if the payment of money or property is not involved, shall |
15 |
| withhold the performance of the condition that constitutes the |
16 |
| consideration for the sale or transfer. Within 60 business days |
17 |
| after issuance of the initial order to withhold, the Department |
18 |
| shall provide written notice to the purchaser or transferee of |
19 |
| the actual amount of all taxes, penalties, and interest then |
20 |
| due and whether additional amounts may become due as a result |
21 |
| of unpaid taxes required to be withheld by an employer, returns |
22 |
| that were not filed when due, pending assessments and audits |
23 |
| not completed. |
24 |
| The purchaser or transferee shall continue to withhold the |
25 |
| amount directed to be withheld by the initial order or any |
26 |
| lesser amount that is specified by the final withholding order |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 33 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| or to withhold the performance of the condition that |
2 |
| constitutes the consideration for the sale or transfer until |
3 |
| the purchaser or transferee receives from the Department a |
4 |
| certificate showing that no unpaid tax, penalty, or interest is |
5 |
| due from the seller or transferor under this Act.
The purchaser |
6 |
| or transferee is relieved of any duty to continue to withhold |
7 |
| from the purchase price and of any liability for tax, penalty, |
8 |
| or interest due from the seller or transferor if the Department |
9 |
| fails to notify the purchaser or transferee in the manner |
10 |
| provided under this Section of the amount to be withheld within |
11 |
| 10 business days after the sale or transfer has been reported |
12 |
| to the Department or within 60 business days after issuance of |
13 |
| the initial order to withhold, as the case may be. The |
14 |
| Department has the right to determine amounts claimed on an |
15 |
| estimated basis to allow for periods for which returns were not |
16 |
| filed when due, pending assessments and audits not completed, |
17 |
| however the purchaser or transferee is personally liable only |
18 |
| for the actual amount due when determined. |
19 |
| If the seller or transferor has failed to pay the tax, |
20 |
| penalty, and interest due under this Act, and the Department |
21 |
| makes timely claim therefor against the purchaser or transferee |
22 |
| as provided in this Section, then the purchaser or transferee |
23 |
| shall pay to the Department the amount so withheld from the |
24 |
| purchase price. If the purchaser or transferee fails to comply |
25 |
| with the requirements of this Section, the purchaser or |
26 |
| transferee is personally liable to the Department for the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 34 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| amount owed hereunder by the seller or transferor up to the |
2 |
| amount of the reasonable value of the property acquired by the |
3 |
| purchaser or transferee. |
4 |
| Any person who acquires any property or rights thereto |
5 |
| that, at the time of acquisition, is subject to a valid lien in |
6 |
| favor of the Department is personally liable to the Department |
7 |
| for a sum equal to the amount of taxes, penalties, and |
8 |
| interests secured by the lien, but not to exceed the reasonable |
9 |
| value of the property acquired. |
10 |
| Section 703. Assessment. |
11 |
| (a) In general. |
12 |
| (1) Returns. The amount of tax that is shown to be due |
13 |
| on the return is deemed assessed on the date of filing of |
14 |
| the return (including any amended returns showing an |
15 |
| increase of tax). In the event that the amount of tax is |
16 |
| understated on the taxpayer's return due to a mathematical |
17 |
| error, the Department shall notify the taxpayer that the |
18 |
| amount of tax in excess of that shown on the return is due |
19 |
| and has been assessed. The notice of additional tax due |
20 |
| must be issued no later than 3 years after the date the |
21 |
| return was filed. The notice of additional tax due is not |
22 |
| considered to be a notice of deficiency nor does the |
23 |
| taxpayer have any right of protest. In the case of a return |
24 |
| properly filed without the computation of the tax, the tax |
25 |
| computed by the Department is deemed to be assessed on the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 35 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| date when payment is due. |
2 |
| (2) Notice of deficiency. If a notice of deficiency has |
3 |
| been issued, the amount of the deficiency is deemed |
4 |
| assessed on the date provided in section 704(d) if no |
5 |
| protest is filed or, if a protest is filed, then upon the |
6 |
| date when the decision of the Department becomes final. |
7 |
| (3) Payments. Any amount paid as tax or in respect of |
8 |
| tax paid under this Act, other than amounts paid as |
9 |
| estimated tax under Article 6, are deemed to be assessed |
10 |
| upon the date of receipt of payment, notwithstanding any |
11 |
| other provisions of this Act. |
12 |
| (b) Limitations on assessment. No deficiency may be |
13 |
| assessed with respect to a taxable year for which a return was |
14 |
| filed unless a notice of deficiency for that year was issued |
15 |
| not later than the date prescribed in Section 705. |
16 |
| Section 704. Deficiencies and overpayments. |
17 |
| (a) Examination of return. As soon as practicable after a |
18 |
| return is filed, the Department shall examine it to determine |
19 |
| the correct amount of tax. If the Department finds that the |
20 |
| amount of tax shown on the return is less than the correct |
21 |
| amount, it shall issue a notice of deficiency to the taxpayer |
22 |
| that sets forth the amount of tax and penalties proposed to be |
23 |
| assessed. If the Department finds that the tax paid is more |
24 |
| than the correct amount, it shall credit or refund the |
25 |
| overpayment as provided by Section 709. The findings of the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 36 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Department under this subsection are prima facie correct and |
2 |
| are prima facie evidence of the correctness of the amount of |
3 |
| tax and penalties due. |
4 |
| (b) No return filed. If the taxpayer fails to file a tax |
5 |
| return, the Department shall determine the amount of tax due |
6 |
| according to its best judgment and information, which amount so |
7 |
| fixed by the Department is prima facie correct and is prima |
8 |
| facie evidence of the correctness of the amount of tax due. The |
9 |
| Department shall issue a notice of deficiency to the taxpayer, |
10 |
| which sets forth the amount of tax and penalties proposed to be |
11 |
| assessed. |
12 |
| (c) Notice of deficiency. A notice of deficiency issued |
13 |
| under this Act must set forth the adjustments giving rise to |
14 |
| the proposed assessment and the reasons therefor. |
15 |
| (d) Assessment when no protest. Upon the expiration of 60 |
16 |
| days (150 days if the taxpayer is outside the United States) |
17 |
| after the date on which it was issued, a notice of deficiency |
18 |
| constitutes an assessment of the amount of tax and penalties |
19 |
| specified therein, except only for such amounts as to which the |
20 |
| taxpayer has filed a protest with the Department, as provided |
21 |
| in Section 708. |
22 |
| Section 705. Limitations on notices of deficiency. |
23 |
| (a) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this Act: |
24 |
| (1) a notice of deficiency must be issued not later |
25 |
| than 3 years after the date the return was filed; and |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 37 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (2) no deficiency may be assessed or collected with |
2 |
| respect to the year for which the return was filed unless |
3 |
| the notice is issued within that period. |
4 |
| (b) No return or fraudulent return. If no return is filed |
5 |
| or a false and fraudulent return is filed with intent to evade |
6 |
| the tax imposed by this Act, a notice of deficiency may be |
7 |
| issued at any time. |
8 |
| (c) Failure to report federal change. If a taxpayer fails |
9 |
| to notify the Department in any case where notification is |
10 |
| required by Section 405, a notice of deficiency may be issued |
11 |
| at any time for the taxable year for which the notification is |
12 |
| required, but the amount of any proposed assessment set forth |
13 |
| in the notice is limited to the amount of any deficiency |
14 |
| resulting under this Act from giving effect to the item or |
15 |
| items required to be reported. |
16 |
| (d) Report of federal change. In any case where |
17 |
| notification of an alteration is given as required by Section |
18 |
| 405, a notice of deficiency may be issued at any time within 2 |
19 |
| years after the date the notification is given, but the amount |
20 |
| of any proposed assessment set forth in such notice is limited |
21 |
| to the amount of any deficiency resulting under this Act from |
22 |
| giving effect to the item or items reflected in the reported |
23 |
| alteration. |
24 |
| (e) Change in Illinois income tax liability. In any case |
25 |
| where the taxpayer's Illinois income tax liability for a |
26 |
| taxable year is reduced, a notice of deficiency for any |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 38 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| additional tax due under this Act as the result of the |
2 |
| reduction in the credit allowable under Section 204(a) may be |
3 |
| issued at any time within 2 years after the Illinois income tax |
4 |
| overpayment is refunded or credited to the taxpayer. |
5 |
| (f) Extension by agreement. If, before the expiration of |
6 |
| the time set forth in this Section for the issuance of a notice |
7 |
| of deficiency, both the Department and the taxpayer have |
8 |
| consented in writing to its issuance after such time, such |
9 |
| notice may be issued at any time prior to the expiration of the |
10 |
| period agreed upon. The period so agreed upon may be extended |
11 |
| by subsequent agreements in writing made before the expiration |
12 |
| of the period previously agreed upon. If the return required |
13 |
| under this Act is filed using the same form as the taxpayer's |
14 |
| return required under the Illinois Income Tax Act, as allowed |
15 |
| in Section 402(d) of this Act, an agreement under Section |
16 |
| 905(f) of the Illinois Income Tax Act to extend the time set |
17 |
| forth for the issuance of a notice of deficiency under that Act |
18 |
| extends the time for issuance of a notice of deficiency under |
19 |
| this Section. |
20 |
| (g) Erroneous refunds. In any case in which there has been |
21 |
| an erroneous refund of tax payable under this Act, a notice of |
22 |
| deficiency may be issued at any time within 2 years from the |
23 |
| making of the refund, or within 5 years from the making of the |
24 |
| refund if it appears that any part of the refund was induced by |
25 |
| fraud or the misrepresentation of a material fact, but the |
26 |
| amount of any proposed assessment set forth in the notice is |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 39 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| limited to the amount of the erroneous refund. |
2 |
| (h) Time return deemed filed. For purposes of this Section, |
3 |
| a tax return filed before the last day prescribed by law |
4 |
| (including any extension thereof) is deemed to have been filed |
5 |
| on that last day. |
6 |
| (i) Request for prompt determination of liability. For |
7 |
| purposes of subsection (a)(1), in the case of a tax return |
8 |
| required under this Act by a corporation, the period referred |
9 |
| to in that subsection is 18 months after a written request for |
10 |
| prompt determination of liability is filed with the Department |
11 |
| (at such time and in such form and manner as the Department |
12 |
| shall by regulations prescribe) by the corporation, but not |
13 |
| more than 3 years after the date the return was filed. This |
14 |
| subsection does not apply unless: |
15 |
| (1) the written request notifies the Department that |
16 |
| the corporation contemplates dissolution at or before the |
17 |
| expiration of the 18-month period, the dissolution is begun |
18 |
| in good faith before the expiration of the 18-month period, |
19 |
| and the dissolution is completed; |
20 |
| (2) the written request notifies the Department that a |
21 |
| dissolution has in good faith been begun and the |
22 |
| dissolution is completed; or |
23 |
| (3) A dissolution has been completed at the time the |
24 |
| written request is made. |
25 |
| (j) Transferee liability. A notice of deficiency may be |
26 |
| issued to a transferee relative to a liability asserted under |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 40 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Section 1203 during time periods defined as follows: |
2 |
| (1) Initial transferee. In the case of the liability of |
3 |
| an initial transferee, up to 2 years after the expiration |
4 |
| of the period of limitation for assessment against the |
5 |
| transferor, except that if a court proceeding for review of |
6 |
| the assessment against the transferor has begun, then up to |
7 |
| 2 years after the return of the certified copy of the |
8 |
| judgment in the court proceeding. |
9 |
| (2) Transferee of transferee. In the case of the |
10 |
| liability of a transferee, up to 2 years after the |
11 |
| expiration of the period of limitation for assessment |
12 |
| against the preceding transferee, but not more than 3 years |
13 |
| after the expiration of the period of limitation for |
14 |
| assessment against the initial transferor; except that if, |
15 |
| before the expiration of the period of limitation for the |
16 |
| assessment of the liability of the transferee, a court |
17 |
| proceeding for the collection of the tax or liability in |
18 |
| respect thereof has been begun against the initial |
19 |
| transferor or the last preceding transferee, as the case |
20 |
| may be, then the period of limitation for assessment of the |
21 |
| liability of the transferee expires 2 years after the |
22 |
| return of the certified copy of the judgment in the court |
23 |
| proceeding. |
24 |
| Section 706. Further notices of deficiency restricted. If a |
25 |
| protest has been filed with respect to a notice of deficiency |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 41 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| issued by the Department with respect to a taxable year and the |
2 |
| decision of the Department on the protest has become final, the |
3 |
| Department is barred from issuing a further or additional |
4 |
| notice of deficiency for that taxable year, except in the case |
5 |
| of fraud, mathematical error, a return that is not considered |
6 |
| processable, as the term is defined in Section 3-2 of the |
7 |
| Uniform Penalty and Interest Act, or as provided in Section |
8 |
| 705(d). |
9 |
| Section 707. Waiver of restrictions on assessment. The |
10 |
| taxpayer at any time, whether or not a notice of deficiency has |
11 |
| been issued, has the right to waive the restrictions on |
12 |
| assessment and collection of the whole or any part of any |
13 |
| proposed assessment under this Act by a signed notice in |
14 |
| writing filed with the Department in the form and manner that |
15 |
| the Department may provide by rule. |
16 |
| Section 708. Procedure on protest. |
17 |
| (a) Time for protest. Within 60 days (150 days if the |
18 |
| taxpayer is outside the United States) after the issuance of a |
19 |
| notice of deficiency, the taxpayer may file with the Department |
20 |
| a written protest against the proposed assessment in the form |
21 |
| and manner that the Department may provide by rule, setting |
22 |
| forth the grounds on which the protest is based. If a protest |
23 |
| is filed, the Department shall reconsider the proposed |
24 |
| assessment and, if the taxpayer has so requested, shall grant |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 42 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the taxpayer or his or her authorized representative a hearing. |
2 |
| (b) Notice of decision. As soon as practical after the |
3 |
| reconsideration and hearing, if any, the Department shall issue |
4 |
| a notice of decision by mailing the notice by certified or |
5 |
| registered mail. The notice must set forth briefly the |
6 |
| Department's findings of fact and the basis of decision in each |
7 |
| case decided in whole or in part adversely to the taxpayer. |
8 |
| (c) Request for rehearing. Within 30 days after the mailing |
9 |
| of a notice of decision, the taxpayer may file with a |
10 |
| Department a written request for rehearing in the form and |
11 |
| manner that the Department may provide by rule, setting forth |
12 |
| the grounds on which the rehearing is requested. In any such |
13 |
| case, the Department shall, in its discretion, grant either a |
14 |
| rehearing or Departmental review unless, within 10 days of |
15 |
| receipt of the request, it issues a denial of the request by |
16 |
| mailing the denial to the taxpayer by certified or registered |
17 |
| mail. If rehearing or Departmental review is granted, as soon |
18 |
| as practical after the rehearing or Departmental review, the |
19 |
| Department shall issue a notice of final decision as provided |
20 |
| in subsection (b). |
21 |
| (d) Finality of decision. The action of the Department on |
22 |
| the taxpayer's protest becomes final: |
23 |
| (1) 30 days after the issuance of a notice of decision |
24 |
| as provided in subsection (b); or |
25 |
| (2) if a timely request for rehearing was made, upon |
26 |
| the issuance of a denial of the request or the issuance of |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 43 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| a notice of final decision, as provided in subsection (c). |
2 |
| Section 709. Credits and refunds. |
3 |
| (a) In general. In the case of any overpayment, the |
4 |
| Department may credit the amount of the overpayment, including |
5 |
| any interest allowed thereon, against any liability in respect |
6 |
| of the tax imposed by this Act or any other act administered by |
7 |
| the Department or against any liability of the taxpayer |
8 |
| collectible by the Department, regardless of whether other |
9 |
| collection remedies are closed to the Department on the part of |
10 |
| the person who made the overpayment and shall refund any |
11 |
| balance to that person. The Department shall apply overpayments |
12 |
| to liabilities in the order provided in Section 911.3 of the |
13 |
| Illinois Income Tax Act. |
14 |
| (b) Credits against estimated tax. The Department may adopt |
15 |
| rules providing for the crediting against the estimated tax for |
16 |
| any taxable year of the amount determined by the taxpayer or |
17 |
| the Department to be an overpayment of the tax imposed by this |
18 |
| Act for a preceding taxable year. |
19 |
| (c) Interest on overpayment. Interest is allowed and paid |
20 |
| at the rate and in the manner set forth under Section 3-2 of |
21 |
| the Uniform Penalty and Interest Act upon any overpayment in |
22 |
| respect of the tax imposed by this Act. For purposes of this |
23 |
| subsection, no amount of tax, for any taxable year, may be |
24 |
| treated as having been paid before the date on which the tax |
25 |
| return for that year was due under Section 402, without regard |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 44 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| to any extension of the time for filing the return. |
2 |
| (d) Refund claim. Every claim for refund must be filed with |
3 |
| the Department in writing in the form and manner that the |
4 |
| Department may provide by rule, and must state the specific |
5 |
| grounds upon which it is founded. |
6 |
| (e) Notice of denial. As soon as practical after a claim |
7 |
| for refund is filed, the Department shall examine it and either |
8 |
| issue a notice of refund, abatement, or credit to the claimant |
9 |
| or issue a notice of denial. If the Department has failed to |
10 |
| approve or deny the claim before the expiration of 6 months |
11 |
| after the date the claim was filed, then the claimant may |
12 |
| nevertheless thereafter file with the Department a written |
13 |
| protest in the form and manner that the Department may provide |
14 |
| by rule. If a protest is filed, the Department shall consider |
15 |
| the claim and, if the taxpayer has so requested, shall grant |
16 |
| the taxpayer or the taxpayer's authorized representative a |
17 |
| hearing within 6 months after the date the request is filed. |
18 |
| (f) Effect of denial. A denial of a claim for refund |
19 |
| becomes final 60 days after the date of issuance of the notice |
20 |
| of the denial except for those amounts denied as to which the |
21 |
| claimant has filed a protest with the Department, as provided |
22 |
| by Section 710. |
23 |
| (g) An overpayment of tax shown on the face of an unsigned |
24 |
| return is considered forfeited to the State if, after notice |
25 |
| and demand for signature by the Department, the taxpayer fails |
26 |
| to provide a signature and 3 years have passed after the date |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 45 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the return was filed. An overpayment of tax refunded to a |
2 |
| taxpayer whose return was filed electronically is considered an |
3 |
| erroneous refund under Section 712 of this Act if, after proper |
4 |
| notice and demand by the Department, the taxpayer fails to |
5 |
| provide a required signature document. A notice and demand for |
6 |
| signature in the case of a return reflecting an overpayment may |
7 |
| be made by first class mail.
|
8 |
| Section 710. Procedure on denial of claim for refund. |
9 |
| (a) Time for protest. Within 60 days after the denial of |
10 |
| the claim, the claimant may file with the Department a written |
11 |
| protest against the denial in the form and manner that the |
12 |
| Department may provide by rule, setting forth the grounds on |
13 |
| which such protest is based. If a protest is filed, the |
14 |
| Department shall reconsider the denial and, if the taxpayer has |
15 |
| so requested, shall grant the taxpayer or his authorized |
16 |
| representative a hearing. |
17 |
| (b) Notice of decision. As soon as practicable after the |
18 |
| reconsideration and hearing, if any, the Department shall issue |
19 |
| a notice of decision by mailing the notice by certified or |
20 |
| registered mail. Such notice must set forth briefly the |
21 |
| Department's findings of fact and the basis of decision in each |
22 |
| case decided in whole or in part adversely to the claimant. |
23 |
| (c) Request for rehearing. Within 30 days after the mailing |
24 |
| of a notice of decision, the claimant may file with the |
25 |
| Department a written request for rehearing in the form and |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 46 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| manner that the Department may provide by rule, setting forth |
2 |
| the grounds on which rehearing is requested. In any such case, |
3 |
| the Department shall, in its discretion, grant either a |
4 |
| rehearing or Departmental review unless, within 10 days of |
5 |
| receipt of the request, it issues a denial of the request by |
6 |
| mailing the denial to the claimant by certified or registered |
7 |
| mail. If rehearing or Departmental review is granted, as soon |
8 |
| as practical after the rehearing or Departmental review, the |
9 |
| Department shall issue a notice of final decision as provided |
10 |
| in subsection (b). |
11 |
| (d) Finality of decision. The action of the Department on |
12 |
| the claimant's protest becomes final: |
13 |
| (1) 30 days after issuance of a notice of decision as |
14 |
| provided in subsection (b); or |
15 |
| (2) if a timely request for rehearing was made, upon |
16 |
| the issuance of a denial of the request or the issuance of |
17 |
| a notice of final decision as provided in subsection (c). |
18 |
| Section 711. Limitations on claims for refund. |
19 |
| (a) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this Act: |
20 |
| (1) A claim for refund must be filed no later than 3 |
21 |
| years after the date that the return was filed or one year |
22 |
| after the date that the tax was paid, whichever is the |
23 |
| later; and |
24 |
| (2) No credit or refund is allowed or made with respect |
25 |
| to the year for which the claim was filed unless the claim |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 47 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| is filed within such period. |
2 |
| (b) Federal changes. In any case where notification of an |
3 |
| alteration is required by Section 405, a claim for refund may |
4 |
| be filed within 2 years after the date on which the |
5 |
| notification was due (regardless of whether such notice was |
6 |
| given), but the amount recoverable pursuant to a claim filed |
7 |
| under this Section is limited to the amount of any overpayment |
8 |
| resulting under this Act from giving effect to the item or |
9 |
| items reflected in the alteration required to be reported. |
10 |
| (c) Change in Illinois income tax liability. In any case |
11 |
| where the taxpayer's Illinois income tax liability for a |
12 |
| taxable year is increased, a claim for refund or credit of any |
13 |
| overpayment under this Act attributable to the resulting |
14 |
| increase in the credit allowable under Section 204(a) may be |
15 |
| filed at any time within 2 years after the increase in Illinois |
16 |
| income tax is paid. |
17 |
| (d) Extension by agreement. If, before the expiration of |
18 |
| the time prescribed in this Section for the filing of a claim |
19 |
| for refund, both the Department and the claimant have consented |
20 |
| in writing to its filing after that time, the claim may be |
21 |
| filed at any time prior to the expiration of the period agreed |
22 |
| upon. The period so agreed upon may be extended by subsequent |
23 |
| agreements in writing made before the expiration of the period |
24 |
| previously agreed upon. An agreement under Section 911(c) of |
25 |
| the Illinois Income Tax Act to extend the time prescribed for |
26 |
| the filing of a refund claim under that Act extends the time |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 48 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| for filing of a refund claim under this Section. |
2 |
| (e) Limit on amount of credit or refund. |
3 |
| (1) Limit where claim filed within 3-year period. If |
4 |
| the claim was filed by the claimant during the 3-year |
5 |
| period set forth in subsection (a), then the amount of the |
6 |
| credit or refund may not exceed the portion of the tax paid |
7 |
| within the period, immediately preceding the filing of the |
8 |
| claim, equal to 3 years plus the period of any extension of |
9 |
| time for filing the return. |
10 |
| (2) Limit where claim not filed within 3-year period. |
11 |
| If the claim was not filed within such 3-year period, then |
12 |
| the amount of the credit or refund may not exceed the |
13 |
| portion of the tax paid during the one year immediately |
14 |
| preceding the filing of the claim. |
15 |
| (f) Time return deemed filed. For purposes of this Section, |
16 |
| a tax return filed before the last day prescribed by law for |
17 |
| the filing of the return (including any extensions thereof) is |
18 |
| deemed to have been filed on that last day. |
19 |
| (g) No claim for refund based on the taxpayer's taking a |
20 |
| credit for estimated tax payments as provided by Article 6 of |
21 |
| this Act or for any amount paid by a taxpayer pursuant to |
22 |
| Section 502 of this Act may be filed unless the return for the |
23 |
| taxable year for which the payments were made was filed not |
24 |
| more than 3 years after the due date, as provided by Section |
25 |
| 402, of the return for the taxable year. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 49 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Section 712. Recovery of erroneous refund. An erroneous |
2 |
| refund is considered to be a deficiency of tax on the date made |
3 |
| and is deemed to be assessed and must be collected as provided |
4 |
| in Sections 703 and 704. |
5 |
| Section 713. Access to books and records. All books and |
6 |
| records and other papers and documents that are required by |
7 |
| this Act to be kept must, at all times during business hours of |
8 |
| the day, be subject to inspection by the Department or its duly |
9 |
| authorized agents and employees. If, during the course of any |
10 |
| audit, investigation, or hearing, the Department determines |
11 |
| that a taxpayer lacks necessary documentary evidence, the |
12 |
| Department is authorized to notify the taxpayer, in writing, to |
13 |
| produce the evidence. The taxpayer has 60 days, subject to the |
14 |
| right of the Department to extend this period either on request |
15 |
| for good cause shown or on its own motion, after the date the |
16 |
| notice is personally delivered or sent to the taxpayer by |
17 |
| certified or registered mail in which to obtain and produce the |
18 |
| evidence for the Department's inspection. The failure to |
19 |
| provide the requested evidence within the 60-day period |
20 |
| precludes the taxpayer from providing the evidence at a later |
21 |
| date during the audit, investigation, or hearing. |
22 |
| Section 714. Conduct of investigations and hearings. For |
23 |
| the purpose of administering and enforcing the provisions of |
24 |
| this Act, the Department, or any officer or employee of the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 50 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Department designated, in writing, by the Director may hold |
2 |
| investigations and hearings concerning any matters covered by |
3 |
| this Act and may examine any books, papers, records, or |
4 |
| memoranda bearing upon such matters, and may require the |
5 |
| attendance of any person, or any officer or employee of such |
6 |
| person, having knowledge of such matters, and may take |
7 |
| testimony and require proof for its information. In the conduct |
8 |
| of any investigation or hearing, neither the Department nor any |
9 |
| officer or employee thereof is bound by the technical rules of |
10 |
| evidence, and no informality in any proceeding, or in the |
11 |
| manner of taking testimony, invalidates any order, decision, |
12 |
| rule or regulation made or approved or confirmed by the |
13 |
| Department. The Director, or any officer or employee of the |
14 |
| Department authorized by the Director has power to administer |
15 |
| oaths to such persons. The books, papers, records, and |
16 |
| memoranda of the Department, or parts thereof, may be proved in |
17 |
| any hearing, investigation, or legal proceeding by a reproduced |
18 |
| copy thereof or by a computer print-out of Department records, |
19 |
| under the certificate of the Director. If reproduced copies of |
20 |
| the Department's books, papers, records, or memoranda are |
21 |
| offered as proof, then the Director must certify that those |
22 |
| copies are true and exact copies of the records on file with |
23 |
| the Department. If computer print-outs of records of the |
24 |
| Department are offered as proof, then the Director must certify |
25 |
| that those computer print-outs are true and exact |
26 |
| representations of records properly entered into standard |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 51 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| electronic computing equipment, in the regular course of the |
2 |
| Department's business, at or reasonably near the time of the |
3 |
| occurrence of the facts recorded, from trustworthy and reliable |
4 |
| information. The reproduced copy shall, without further proof, |
5 |
| be admitted into evidence before the Department or in any legal |
6 |
| proceeding. |
7 |
| Section 715. Immunity of witnesses. No person is excused |
8 |
| from testifying or from producing any books, papers, records, |
9 |
| or memoranda in any investigation or upon any hearing, when |
10 |
| ordered to do so by the Department or any officer or employee |
11 |
| thereof, upon the ground that the testimony or evidence, |
12 |
| documentary or otherwise, may tend to incriminate him or her or |
13 |
| subject him or her to a criminal penalty, but no person may be |
14 |
| prosecuted or subjected to any criminal penalty for, or on |
15 |
| account of, any transaction made or thing concerning which he |
16 |
| or she may testify or produce evidence, documentary or |
17 |
| otherwise, before the Department or an officer or employee |
18 |
| thereof; provided, that the immunity extends only to a natural |
19 |
| person who, in obedience to a subpoena, gives testimony under |
20 |
| oath or produces evidence, documentary or otherwise, under |
21 |
| oath. No person so testifying is exempt from prosecution and |
22 |
| punishment for perjury committed in so testifying. |
23 |
| Section 716. Production of witnesses and records. |
24 |
| (a) Subpoenas. The Department or any officer or employee of |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 52 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the Department designated in writing by the Director, shall at |
2 |
| its or his or her own instance, or on the written request of |
3 |
| any other party to the proceeding, issue subpoenas requiring |
4 |
| the attendance of and the giving of testimony by witnesses, and |
5 |
| subpoenas duces tecum requiring the production of books, |
6 |
| papers, records, or memoranda. All subpoenas and subpoenas |
7 |
| duces tecum issued under this Act may be served by any person |
8 |
| of full age. |
9 |
| (b) Fees. The fees of witnesses for attendance and travel |
10 |
| are the same as the fees of witnesses before a Circuit Court of |
11 |
| this State, such fees to be paid when the witness is excused |
12 |
| from further attendance. When the witness is subpoenaed at the |
13 |
| instance of the Department or any officer or employee thereof, |
14 |
| the fees must be paid in the same manner as other expenses of |
15 |
| the Department, and when the witness is subpoenaed at the |
16 |
| instance of any other party to any such proceeding, the |
17 |
| Department may require that the cost of service of the subpoena |
18 |
| or subpoenas duces tecum and the fee of the witness be borne by |
19 |
| the party at whose instance the witness is summoned. In such |
20 |
| case, the Department, in its discretion, may require a deposit |
21 |
| to cover the cost of the service and witness fees. A subpoena |
22 |
| or subpoena duces tecum so issued must be served in the same |
23 |
| manner as a subpoena issued out of a court. |
24 |
| (c) Judicial enforcement. Any Circuit Court of this State, |
25 |
| upon the application of the Department or any officer or |
26 |
| employee thereof, or upon the application of any other party to |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 53 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the proceeding may, in its discretion, compel the attendance of |
2 |
| witnesses, the production of books, papers, records, or |
3 |
| memoranda and the giving of testimony before the Department or |
4 |
| any officer or employee thereof conducting an investigation or |
5 |
| holding a hearing authorized by this Act, by an attachment for |
6 |
| contempt, or otherwise, in the same manner as production of |
7 |
| evidence may be compelled before the Court. |
8 |
| Section 717. Confidentiality and information sharing. |
9 |
| (a) Confidentiality. Except as provided in this Section, |
10 |
| all information received by the Department from returns filed |
11 |
| under this Act, or from any investigation conducted under the |
12 |
| provisions of this Act, are confidential, except for official |
13 |
| purposes within the Department or enforcement of any civil or |
14 |
| criminal penalty or sanction imposed by this Act or by another |
15 |
| statute imposing a State tax, and any person who divulges any |
16 |
| such information in any manner, except for such purposes and |
17 |
| pursuant to order of the Director or in accordance with a |
18 |
| proper judicial order, is guilty of a Class A misdemeanor. The |
19 |
| provisions of this subsection, however, are not applicable to a |
20 |
| licensed attorney representing the taxpayer if an appeal or a |
21 |
| protest has been filed on behalf of the taxpayer. |
22 |
| (b) Public information. Nothing contained in this Act |
23 |
| prevents the Director from publishing or making available to |
24 |
| the public the names and addresses of persons filing returns |
25 |
| under this Act, or from publishing or making available |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 54 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| reasonable statistics concerning the operation of the tax |
2 |
| wherein the contents of returns are grouped into aggregates in |
3 |
| such a way that the information contained in any individual |
4 |
| return is not be disclosed. |
5 |
| (c) Governmental agencies. The Director may make available |
6 |
| to the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States or his or |
7 |
| her delegate, or the proper officer or his or her delegate of |
8 |
| any other state imposing a tax upon or measured by gross |
9 |
| receipts or income, for exclusively official purposes |
10 |
| information received by the Department in the administration of |
11 |
| this Act, but only if the United States or such other state, as |
12 |
| the case may be, grants the Department substantially similar |
13 |
| privileges.
The Director may make available to any State |
14 |
| agency, including the Illinois Supreme Court, that licenses |
15 |
| persons to engage in any occupation information that a person |
16 |
| licensed by that agency has failed to file returns under this |
17 |
| Act or pay the tax, penalty, and interest shown therein or has |
18 |
| failed to pay any final assessment of tax, penalty, or interest |
19 |
| due under this Act. |
20 |
| The Director may make available to any State agency, |
21 |
| including the Illinois Supreme Court, information regarding |
22 |
| whether a bidder, contractor, or an affiliate of a bidder or |
23 |
| contractor has failed to file returns under this Act or pay the |
24 |
| tax, penalty, and interest shown therein or has failed to pay |
25 |
| any final assessment of tax, penalty, or interest due under |
26 |
| this Act, for the limited purpose of enforcing bidder and |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 55 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| contractor certifications. For purposes of this Section, the |
2 |
| term "affiliate" means any entity that (1) directly, |
3 |
| indirectly, or constructively controls another entity, (2) is |
4 |
| directly, indirectly, or constructively controlled by another |
5 |
| entity, or (3) is subject to the control of a common entity. |
6 |
| For purposes of this subsection (a), an entity controls another |
7 |
| entity if it owns, directly or individually, more than 10% of |
8 |
| the voting securities of that entity. As used in this |
9 |
| subsection (a), the term "voting security" means a security |
10 |
| that (1) confers upon the holder the right to vote for the |
11 |
| election of members of the board of directors or similar |
12 |
| governing body of the business or (2) is convertible into, or |
13 |
| entitles the holder to receive upon its exercise, a security |
14 |
| that confers such a right to vote. A general partnership |
15 |
| interest is a voting security. |
16 |
| The Director may make available to any State agency, |
17 |
| including the Illinois Supreme Court, units of local |
18 |
| government, and school districts information regarding whether |
19 |
| a bidder or contractor is an affiliate of a person who is not |
20 |
| collecting and remitting Illinois Use taxes, for the limited |
21 |
| purpose of enforcing bidder and contractor certifications. |
22 |
| The Director may also make available to the Secretary of |
23 |
| State information that a corporation that has been issued a |
24 |
| certificate of incorporation by the Secretary of State has |
25 |
| failed to file returns under this Act or pay the tax, penalty, |
26 |
| and interest shown therein or has failed to pay any final |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 56 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| assessment of tax, penalty, or interest due under this Act. An |
2 |
| assessment is final when all proceedings in court for review of |
3 |
| the assessment have terminated or the time for the taking |
4 |
| thereof has expired without the proceedings being instituted. |
5 |
| (d) The Director shall make available for public inspection |
6 |
| in the Department's principal office and for publication, at |
7 |
| cost, administrative decisions issued under this Act. These |
8 |
| decisions are to be made available in a manner so that the |
9 |
| following taxpayer information is not disclosed: |
10 |
| (1) The names, addresses, and identification numbers |
11 |
| of the taxpayer, related entities, and employees. |
12 |
| (2) At the sole discretion of the Director, trade |
13 |
| secrets or other confidential information identified as |
14 |
| such by the taxpayer, no later than 30 days after receipt |
15 |
| of an administrative decision, by any means that the |
16 |
| Department shall provide by rule. |
17 |
| The Director shall determine the appropriate extent of the |
18 |
| deletions allowed in paragraph (2). If the taxpayer does not |
19 |
| submit deletions, then the Director shall make only the |
20 |
| deletions specified in paragraph (1). The Director shall make |
21 |
| available for public inspection and publication an |
22 |
| administrative decision within 180 days after the issuance of |
23 |
| the administrative decision. The term "administrative |
24 |
| decision" has the same meaning as defined in Section 3-101 of |
25 |
| Article III of the Code of Civil Procedure. Costs collected |
26 |
| under this Section must be paid into the Tax Compliance and |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 57 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Administration Fund. |
2 |
| (e) Nothing contained in this Act prevents the Director |
3 |
| from divulging information to any person pursuant to a request |
4 |
| or authorization made by the taxpayer or by an authorized |
5 |
| representative of the taxpayer. |
6 |
| Section 718. Place of hearings. All hearings provided for |
7 |
| in this Act with respect to or concerning a taxpayer having its |
8 |
| commercial domicile in this State must be held at the |
9 |
| Department's office nearest to the location of such residence |
10 |
| or domicile, except that, if the taxpayer has its commercial |
11 |
| domicile in Cook County, the hearing must be held in Cook |
12 |
| County. If the taxpayer does not have its commercial domicile |
13 |
| in this State, the hearing must be held in Cook County. |
14 |
| ARTICLE 8. PENALTIES AND INTEREST |
15 |
| Section 801. Penalties and interest. |
16 |
| (a) Penalties and interest imposed by the Uniform Penalty |
17 |
| and Interest Act with respect to the obligations of a taxpayer |
18 |
| under this Act must be paid upon notice and demand and, except |
19 |
| as provided in subsection (b), must be assessed, collected, and |
20 |
| paid in the same manner as the tax imposed by this Act, and any |
21 |
| reference in this Act to the tax imposed by this Act refers |
22 |
| also to interest and penalties imposed by the Uniform Penalty |
23 |
| and Interest Act. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 58 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (b) If, pursuant to Section 402(d) of this Act, the |
2 |
| Department has provided forms requiring the reporting of the |
3 |
| tax due under this Act on the taxpayer's Illinois income tax |
4 |
| return for the same taxable year, failure to file the returns |
5 |
| due for a taxable year under this Act and under the Illinois |
6 |
| Income Tax Act are treated as a single instance of failure to |
7 |
| file a return and failure to timely pay the taxes shown due, or |
8 |
| required to be shown due, for a taxable year under this Act and |
9 |
| the Illinois Income Tax Act on that form are treated as a |
10 |
| failure to timely pay only a single liability. |
11 |
| (c) Assessment procedures. |
12 |
| (1) Interest is deemed to be assessed upon the |
13 |
| assessment of the tax to which the interest relates. |
14 |
| (2) Penalties for late payment or underpayment are |
15 |
| deemed to be assessed upon assessment of the tax to which |
16 |
| the penalty relates. |
17 |
| ARTICLE 9. LIENS AND JEOPARDY ASSESSMENTS |
18 |
| Section 901. Lien for tax. |
19 |
| (a) If any taxpayer neglects or refuses to pay the tax due |
20 |
| under this Act after demand, then the amount (including any |
21 |
| interest, additional amount, addition to tax, or assessable |
22 |
| penalty, together with any costs that may accrue in addition |
23 |
| thereto) is a lien in favor of the State of Illinois upon all |
24 |
| property and rights to property, whether real or personal, |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 59 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| belonging to that person. |
2 |
| (b) Unless another date is specifically fixed by law, the |
3 |
| lien imposed by subsection (a) of this Section arises at the |
4 |
| time the assessment is made and continues until the liability |
5 |
| for the amount so assessed (or a judgment against the taxpayer |
6 |
| arising out of such liability) is satisfied or becomes |
7 |
| unenforceable by reason of lapse of time. |
8 |
| (c) Deficiency procedure. If the lien arises from an |
9 |
| assessment pursuant to a notice of deficiency, then the lien |
10 |
| does not attach and the notice referred to in this Section may |
11 |
| not be filed until all proceedings in court for review of the |
12 |
| assessment have terminated or the time for the taking thereof |
13 |
| has expired without the proceedings being instituted. |
14 |
| (d) Notice of lien. The lien created by assessment |
15 |
| terminates unless a notice of lien is filed, as provided in |
16 |
| Section 903, within 3 years after the date all proceedings in |
17 |
| court for the review of the assessment have terminated or the |
18 |
| time for the taking thereof has expired without the proceedings |
19 |
| being instituted. If the lien results from the filing of a |
20 |
| return without payment of the tax or penalty shown therein to |
21 |
| be due, then the lien terminates unless a notice of lien is |
22 |
| filed within 3 years after the date the return was filed with |
23 |
| the Department. For the purposes of this subsection (c), a tax |
24 |
| return filed before the last day prescribed by law, including |
25 |
| any extension thereof, is deemed to have been filed on that |
26 |
| last day. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 60 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Section 902. Jeopardy Assessments. |
2 |
| (a) Jeopardy assessment and lien. |
3 |
| (1) Assessment. If the Department finds that a taxpayer |
4 |
| is about to conceal property or to do any other act tending |
5 |
| to prejudice or to render wholly or partly ineffectual |
6 |
| proceedings to collect any amount of tax or penalties |
7 |
| imposed under this Act unless court proceedings are brought |
8 |
| without delay or if the Department finds that the |
9 |
| collection of that amount will be jeopardized by delay, the |
10 |
| Department shall give the taxpayer notice of those findings |
11 |
| and shall make demand for immediate return and payment of |
12 |
| that amount, whereupon that amount is deemed to be assessed |
13 |
| and becomes immediately due and payable. |
14 |
| (2) Filing of lien. If the taxpayer, within 5 days |
15 |
| after such notice (or within such extension of time as the |
16 |
| Department may grant), does not comply with the notice or |
17 |
| show to the Department that the findings in such notice are |
18 |
| erroneous, then the Department may file a notice of |
19 |
| jeopardy assessment lien in the office of the recorder of |
20 |
| the county in which any property of the taxpayer may be |
21 |
| located and shall notify the taxpayer of the filing. The |
22 |
| jeopardy assessment lien has the same scope and effect as a |
23 |
| statutory lien under this Act. The taxpayer is liable for |
24 |
| the filing fee incurred by the Department for filing the |
25 |
| lien and the filing fee incurred by the Department to file |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 61 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the release of that lien. The filing fees must be paid to |
2 |
| the Department in addition to payment of the tax, penalty, |
3 |
| and interest included in the amount of the lien. |
4 |
| (b) Termination of taxable year. In the case of a tax for a |
5 |
| current taxable year, the Director shall declare the taxable |
6 |
| period of the taxpayer immediately terminated and his or her |
7 |
| notice and demand for a return and immediate payment of the tax |
8 |
| relates to the period declared terminated, including therein |
9 |
| income accrued and deductions incurred up to the date of |
10 |
| termination if not otherwise properly includible or deductible |
11 |
| in respect of the taxable year. |
12 |
| (c) Protest. If the taxpayer believes that he or she does |
13 |
| not owe some or all of the amount for which the jeopardy |
14 |
| assessment lien against him or her has been filed or that no |
15 |
| jeopardy to the revenue in fact exists, he or she may protest |
16 |
| within 20 days after being notified by the Department of the |
17 |
| filing of the jeopardy assessment lien and request a hearing, |
18 |
| whereupon the Department shall hold a hearing in conformity |
19 |
| with the provisions of section 908 and, pursuant thereto, shall |
20 |
| notify the taxpayer of its decision as to whether the jeopardy |
21 |
| assessment lien will be released. |
22 |
| Section 903. Filing and Priority of Liens. |
23 |
| (a) Filing with recorder. Nothing in this Article may be |
24 |
| construed to give the Department a preference over the rights |
25 |
| of any bona fide purchaser, holder of a security interest, |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 62 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| mechanics lienor, mortgagee, or judgment lien creditor arising |
2 |
| prior to the filing of a regular notice of lien or a notice of |
3 |
| jeopardy assessment lien in the office of the recorder in the |
4 |
| county in which the property subject to the lien is located. |
5 |
| For purposes of this Section, the term "bona fide," does not |
6 |
| include any mortgage of real or personal property or any other |
7 |
| credit transaction that results in the mortgagee or the holder |
8 |
| of the security acting as trustee for unsecured creditors of |
9 |
| the taxpayer mentioned in the notice of lien who executed the |
10 |
| chattel or real property mortgage or the document evidencing |
11 |
| the credit transaction. The lien is inferior to the lien of |
12 |
| general taxes, special assessments, and special taxes |
13 |
| heretofore or hereafter levied by any political subdivision of |
14 |
| this State. |
15 |
| (b) Filing with registrar. In case title to land to be |
16 |
| affected by the notice of lien or notice of jeopardy assessment |
17 |
| lien is registered under the provisions of the Registered |
18 |
| Titles (Torrens) Act the notice must be filed in the office of |
19 |
| the registrar of titles of the county within which the property |
20 |
| subject to the lien is situated and must be entered upon the |
21 |
| register of titles as a memorial of charge upon each folium of |
22 |
| the register of titles affected by such notice, and the |
23 |
| Department does not have a preference over the rights of any |
24 |
| bona fide purchaser, mortgagee, judgment creditor, or other |
25 |
| lien holder arising prior to the registration of the notice. |
26 |
| (c) Index. The recorder of each county shall procure a file |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 63 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| labeled "State Tax Lien Notices" and an index book labeled |
2 |
| "State Tax Lien Index." When notice of any lien or jeopardy |
3 |
| assessment lien is presented to him or her for filing, he or |
4 |
| she shall file it in numerical order in the file and shall |
5 |
| enter it alphabetically in the index. The entry must show the |
6 |
| name and last known address of the person named in the notice, |
7 |
| the serial number of the notice, the date and hour of filing, |
8 |
| whether it is a regular lien or a jeopardy assessment lien, and |
9 |
| the amount of tax and penalty due and unpaid, plus the amount |
10 |
| of interest due at the time when the notice of lien or jeopardy |
11 |
| assessment is filed. |
12 |
| (d) No recorder or registrar of titles of any county may |
13 |
| require that the Department pay any costs or fees in connection |
14 |
| with recordation of any notice or other document filed by the |
15 |
| Department under this Act at the time the notice or other |
16 |
| document is presented for recordation. The recorder or |
17 |
| registrar of each county, in order to receive payment for fees |
18 |
| or costs incurred by the Department, may present the Department |
19 |
| with monthly statements indicating the amount of fees and costs |
20 |
| incurred by the Department and for which no payment has been |
21 |
| received. |
22 |
| (e) The taxpayer is liable for the filing fee incurred by |
23 |
| the Department for filing the lien and the filing fee incurred |
24 |
| by the Department to file the release of that lien. The filing |
25 |
| fees must be paid to the Department in addition to payment of |
26 |
| the tax, penalty, and interest included in the amount of the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 64 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| lien. |
2 |
| Section 904. Duration of lien. The lien provided under this |
3 |
| Article 9 continues for 20 years from the date of filing the |
4 |
| notice of lien under the provisions of Section 903 unless |
5 |
| sooner released or otherwise discharged. |
6 |
| Section 905. Release of liens. |
7 |
| (a) In general. Upon payment by the taxpayer to the |
8 |
| Department in cash or by guaranteed remittance of an amount |
9 |
| representing the filing fees and charges for the lien and the |
10 |
| filing fees and charges for the release of that lien, the |
11 |
| Department shall release all or any portion of the property |
12 |
| subject to any lien provided for in this Act and file that |
13 |
| complete or partial release of lien with the recorder of the |
14 |
| county where that lien was filed if it determines that the |
15 |
| release will not endanger or jeopardize the collection of the |
16 |
| amount secured thereby. |
17 |
| (b) Judicial determination. If, on judicial review, the |
18 |
| final judgment of the court is that the taxpayer does not owe |
19 |
| some or all of the amount secured by the lien against him or |
20 |
| her, or that no jeopardy to the revenue exists, then the |
21 |
| Department shall release its lien to the extent of that finding |
22 |
| of nonliability or to the extent of that finding of no jeopardy |
23 |
| to the revenue. The taxpayer is, however, liable for the filing |
24 |
| fee paid by the Department to file the lien and the filing fee |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 65 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| required to file a release of the lien. The filing fees must be |
2 |
| paid to the Department. |
3 |
| (c) Payment. The Department shall also release its jeopardy |
4 |
| assessment lien against the taxpayer if the tax and penalty |
5 |
| covered by the lien, plus any interest that may be due and an |
6 |
| amount representing the filing fee to file the lien and the |
7 |
| filing fee required to file a release of that lien, are paid by |
8 |
| the taxpayer to the Department in cash or by guaranteed |
9 |
| remittance. |
10 |
| (d) Certificate of release. The Department shall issue a |
11 |
| certificate of complete or partial release of the lien upon |
12 |
| payment by the taxpayer to the Department in cash or by |
13 |
| guaranteed remittance of an amount representing the filing fee |
14 |
| paid by the Department to file the lien and the filing fee |
15 |
| required to file the release of that lien: |
16 |
| (1) to the extent that the fair market value of any |
17 |
| property subject to the lien exceeds the amount of the lien |
18 |
| plus the amount of all prior liens upon the property; |
19 |
| (2) to the extent that the lien becomes unenforceable; |
20 |
| (3) to the extent that the amount of the lien is paid |
21 |
| by the person whose property is subject to the lien, |
22 |
| together with any interest and penalty which may become due |
23 |
| under this Act between the date when the notice of lien is |
24 |
| filed and the date when the amount of the lien is paid; |
25 |
| (4) to the extent that there is furnished to the |
26 |
| Department, on a form to be approved and with a surety or |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 66 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| sureties satisfactory to the Department, a bond that is |
2 |
| conditioned upon the payment of the amount of the lien, |
3 |
| together with any interest which may become due under this |
4 |
| Act after the notice of lien is filed, but before the |
5 |
| amount thereof is fully paid; and |
6 |
| (5) to the extent and under the circumstances specified |
7 |
| in this Section. A certificate of complete or partial |
8 |
| release of any lien is held to be conclusive that the lien |
9 |
| upon the property covered by the certificate is |
10 |
| extinguished to the extent indicated by the certificate. |
11 |
| The release of lien must be issued to the person, or his or |
12 |
| her agent, against whom the lien was obtained and must |
13 |
| contain in legible letters a statement as follows: |
14 |
|
FOR THE PROTECTION OF THE OWNER, THIS RELEASE SHALL BE |
15 |
| FILED WITH THE RECORDER OR THE REGISTRAR OF TITLES, IN |
16 |
| WHOSE OFFICE, THE LIEN WAS FILED. |
17 |
| (e) Filing. When a certificate of complete or partial |
18 |
| release of lien issued by the Department is presented for |
19 |
| filing in the office of the recorder or registrar of titles |
20 |
| where a notice of lien or notice of jeopardy assessment lien |
21 |
| was filed: |
22 |
| (1) the recorder, in the case of nonregistered |
23 |
| property, shall permanently attach the certificate of |
24 |
| release to the notice of lien or notice of jeopardy |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 67 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| assessment lien and shall enter the certificate of release |
2 |
| and the date in the "State Tax Lien Index" on the line |
3 |
| where the notice of lien or notice of jeopardy assessment |
4 |
| lien is entered; and |
5 |
| (2) In the case of registered property, the registrar |
6 |
| of titles shall file and enter upon each folium of the |
7 |
| register of titles affected thereby a memorial of the |
8 |
| certificate of release, which when so entered, acts as a |
9 |
| release pro tanto of any memorial of the notice of lien or |
10 |
| notice of jeopardy assessment lien previously filed and |
11 |
| registered. |
12 |
| Section 906. Nonliability for costs. The Department is not |
13 |
| be required to furnish any bond nor to make a deposit for or |
14 |
| pay any costs or fees of any court or officer thereof in any |
15 |
| legal proceedings pursuant to the provisions of this Act. |
16 |
| Section 907. Claim to property. Whenever any process, |
17 |
| issued from any court for the enforcement or collection of any |
18 |
| liability created by this Act, is levied by any sheriff or |
19 |
| other authorized person upon any personal property, and the |
20 |
| property is claimed by any person other than the defendant as |
21 |
| exempt from enforcement of a judgment thereon by virtue of the |
22 |
| exemption laws of this State, then it is the duty of the person |
23 |
| making the claim to give notice in writing of his or her claim |
24 |
| and of his or her intention to prosecute the same to the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 68 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| sheriff or other person within 10 days after the making of the |
2 |
| levy. On receiving such a notice, the sheriff or other person |
3 |
| shall proceed in accordance with the provisions of Part 2 of |
4 |
| Article XII of the Code of Civil Procedure, as amended. The |
5 |
| giving of the notice within the 10-day period is a condition |
6 |
| precedent to any judicial action against the sheriff or other |
7 |
| authorized person for wrongfully levying, seizing, or selling |
8 |
| the property and any such person who fails to give notice |
9 |
| within the time is forever barred from bringing any judicial |
10 |
| action against the sheriff or other person for injury or |
11 |
| damages to or conversion of the property. |
12 |
| Section 908. Foreclosure on real property. In addition to |
13 |
| any other remedy provided for by the laws of this State, and |
14 |
| provided that no hearing or proceedings for review provided by |
15 |
| this Act is pending and the time for the taking thereof has |
16 |
| expired, the Department may foreclose in the circuit court any |
17 |
| lien on real property for any tax or penalty imposed by this |
18 |
| Act to the same extent and in the same manner as in the |
19 |
| enforcement of other liens. The proceedings to foreclose may |
20 |
| not be instituted more than 5 years after the filing of the |
21 |
| notice of lien under the provisions of Section 903. The |
22 |
| process, practice, and procedure for the foreclosure is the |
23 |
| same as provided in the Civil Practice Law, as amended. |
24 |
| Section 909. Demand and seizure. In addition to any other |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 69 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| remedy provided for by the laws of this State, if the tax |
2 |
| imposed by this Act is not paid within the time required by |
3 |
| this Act, the Department, or some person designated by it, may |
4 |
| cause a demand to be made on the taxpayer for the payment |
5 |
| thereof. If the tax remains unpaid for 10 days after such a |
6 |
| demand has been made and no proceedings have been taken to |
7 |
| review the same, then the Department may issue a warrant |
8 |
| directed to any sheriff or other person authorized to serve |
9 |
| process, commanding the sheriff or other person to levy upon |
10 |
| the property and rights to property (whether real or personal, |
11 |
| tangible or intangible) of the taxpayer, without exemption, |
12 |
| found within his or her jurisdiction, for the payment of the |
13 |
| amount thereof with the added penalties, interest, and the cost |
14 |
| of executing the warrant. The term "levy" includes the power of |
15 |
| distraint and seizure by any means. In any case in which the |
16 |
| warrant to levy has been issued, the sheriff or other person to |
17 |
| whom the warrant was directed may seize and sell the property |
18 |
| or rights to property. The warrant must be returned to the |
19 |
| Department together with the money collected by virtue thereof |
20 |
| within the time therein specified, which may not be less than |
21 |
| 20 nor more than 90 days after the date of the warrant. The |
22 |
| sheriff or other person to whom the warrant is directed shall |
23 |
| proceed in the same manner as prescribed by law in respect to |
24 |
| the enforcement against property upon judgments by a court, and |
25 |
| is entitled to the same fees for his or her services in |
26 |
| executing the warrant, to be collected in the same manner. The |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 70 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Department, or some officer, employee or agent designated by |
2 |
| it, is hereby authorized to bid for and purchase any property |
3 |
| sold under the provisions of this Section. No proceedings for a |
4 |
| levy under this Section may be commenced more than 20 years |
5 |
| after the latest date for filing of the notice of lien under |
6 |
| the provisions of Section 903, without regard to whether the |
7 |
| notice was actually filed. |
8 |
| Any officer or employee of the Department designated in |
9 |
| writing by the Director is authorized to serve process under |
10 |
| this Section to levy upon accounts or other intangible assets |
11 |
| of a taxpayer held by a financial organization, as defined in |
12 |
| Section 1501 of the Illinois Income Tax Act. In addition to any |
13 |
| other provisions of this Section, any officer or employee of |
14 |
| the Department designated in writing by the Director may levy |
15 |
| upon the following property and rights to property belonging to |
16 |
| a taxpayer: contractual payments, accounts and notes |
17 |
| receivable and other evidences of debt, and interest on bonds |
18 |
| by serving a notice of levy on the person making the payment. |
19 |
| The levy may not be made until the Department has caused a |
20 |
| demand to be made on the taxpayer in the manner provided in |
21 |
| this Section. A lien obtained hereunder has priority over any |
22 |
| subsequent lien obtained pursuant to Section 12-808 of the Code |
23 |
| of Civil Procedure. |
24 |
| In any case where property or rights to property have been |
25 |
| seized by an officer of the Department of State Police, or |
26 |
| successor agency thereto, under the authority of a warrant to |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 71 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| levy issued by the Department of Revenue, the Department of |
2 |
| Revenue may take possession of and may sell the property or |
3 |
| rights to property and the Department of Revenue may contract |
4 |
| with third persons to conduct sales of the property or rights |
5 |
| to the property. In the conduct of these sales, the Department |
6 |
| of Revenue shall proceed in the same manner as is prescribed by |
7 |
| law for proceeding against property to enforce judgments that |
8 |
| are entered by a circuit court of this State. If, in the |
9 |
| Department of Revenue's opinion, no offer to purchase at the |
10 |
| sale is acceptable and the State's interest would be better |
11 |
| served by retaining the property for sale at a later date, then |
12 |
| the Department may decline to accept any bid and may retain the |
13 |
| property for sale at a later date. |
14 |
| Section 910. Redemption by State. The provisions of Section |
15 |
| 5g of the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act (relating to time for |
16 |
| redemption by the State of real estate sold at judicial or |
17 |
| execution sale) as in effect on the effective date of this Act, |
18 |
| or as subsequently amended, apply for purposes of this Act as |
19 |
| if those Sections were set forth herein in their entirety. |
20 |
| ARTICLE 10. JUDICIAL REVIEW |
21 |
| Section 1001. Administrative Review Law. The provisions of |
22 |
| the Administrative Review Law, and the rules adopted pursuant |
23 |
| thereto, apply to and govern all proceedings for the judicial |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 72 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| review of final actions of the Department referred to in |
2 |
| Sections 708(d) and 710(d). These final actions constitute |
3 |
| "administrative decisions", as defined in Section 3-101 of the |
4 |
| Code of Civil Procedure. |
5 |
| Section 1002. Venue. The Circuit Court of the county where |
6 |
| the taxpayer has his or her residence or commercial domicile, |
7 |
| or of Cook County in those cases where the taxpayer does not |
8 |
| have his or her residence or commercial domicile in this State, |
9 |
| has the power to review all final administrative decisions of |
10 |
| the Department in administering the provisions of this Act. |
11 |
| Section 1003. Service, certification, and dismissal. |
12 |
| (a) Service. Service upon the Director or the Assistant |
13 |
| Director of summons issued in an action to review a final |
14 |
| administrative decision of the Department is service upon the |
15 |
| Department. |
16 |
| (b) Certification. The Department shall certify the record |
17 |
| of its proceedings if the taxpayer pays to it the sum of $0.75 |
18 |
| per page of testimony taken before the Department and $0.25 per |
19 |
| page of all other matters contained in the record, except that |
20 |
| these charges may be waived if the Department is satisfied that |
21 |
| the aggrieved party is a poor person who cannot afford to pay |
22 |
| the charges. |
23 |
| (c) Dismissal. If payment for the record is not made by the |
24 |
| taxpayer within 30 days after notice from the Department or the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 73 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Attorney General of the cost thereof, the court in which the |
2 |
| proceeding is pending, on motion of the Department, shall |
3 |
| dismiss the complaint and shall enter judgment against the |
4 |
| taxpayer and in favor of the Department in accordance with the |
5 |
| final action of the Department, together with interest on any |
6 |
| deficiency to the date of entry of the judgment, and also for |
7 |
| costs. |
8 |
| Section 1004. Modification of assessment. An assessment |
9 |
| reviewed under this Article is deemed confirmed or abated |
10 |
| consistent with the final decision in the proceeding. |
11 |
| ARTICLE 11. CRIMES |
12 |
| Section 1101. Willful and fraudulent acts. Any person who |
13 |
| is subject to the provisions of this Act and who willfully |
14 |
| fails to file a return, who files a fraudulent return, or who |
15 |
| willfully attempts in any other manner to evade or defeat any |
16 |
| tax imposed by this Act or the payment thereof or any |
17 |
| accountant or other agent who knowingly enters false |
18 |
| information on the return of any taxpayer under this Act, is, |
19 |
| in addition to other penalties, be guilty of a Class 4 felony |
20 |
| for the first offense and a Class 3 felony for each subsequent |
21 |
| offense. Any person who is subject to this Act and who |
22 |
| willfully violates any rule or regulation of the Department for |
23 |
| the administration and enforcement of this Act or who fails to |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 74 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| keep books and records as required in this Act is, in addition |
2 |
| to other penalties, guilty of a Class A misdemeanor. Any person |
3 |
| whose commercial domicile or whose residence is in this State |
4 |
| and who is charged with a violation under this Section must be |
5 |
| tried in the county where his or her commercial domicile or his |
6 |
| or her residence is located unless he or she asserts a right to |
7 |
| be tried in another venue. A prosecution for any act in |
8 |
| violation of this Section may be commenced at any time within 5 |
9 |
| years after the commission of that act. |
10 |
| Section 1102. Willful failure to pay over. Any person who |
11 |
| accepts money that is due to the Department under this Act from |
12 |
| a taxpayer for the purpose of acting as the taxpayer's agent to |
13 |
| make the payment to the Department, but who willfully fails to |
14 |
| remit that payment to the Department when due, is guilty of a |
15 |
| Class A misdemeanor. Any such person who purports to make that |
16 |
| payment by issuing or delivering a check or other order upon a |
17 |
| real or fictitious depository for the payment of money, knowing |
18 |
| that it will not be paid by the depository, is guilty of a |
19 |
| deceptive practice in violation of Section 17-1 of the Criminal |
20 |
| Code of 1961, as amended. Any person whose commercial domicile |
21 |
| or whose residence is in this State and who is charged with a |
22 |
| violation under this Section must be tried in the county where |
23 |
| his or her commercial domicile or his or her residence is |
24 |
| located unless he or she asserts a right to be tried in another |
25 |
| venue. A prosecution for any act in violation of this Section |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 75 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| may be commenced at any time within 5 years after the |
2 |
| commission of that act. |
3 |
| ARTICLE 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS |
4 |
| Section 1201. Adoption of Rules. The Department is |
5 |
| authorized to make, adopt, and enforce such reasonable rules |
6 |
| and regulations, and to prescribe such forms, relating to the |
7 |
| administration and enforcement of the provisions of this Act, |
8 |
| as it may deem appropriate. |
9 |
| Section 1202. Notice. If notice is required by this Act, |
10 |
| then the notice must, if not otherwise provided, be given or |
11 |
| issued by mailing it by registered or certified mail addressed |
12 |
| to the person concerned at his or her last known address. |
13 |
| Section 1203. Transferees. The liability of a transferee of |
14 |
| property of a taxpayer for any tax, penalty, or interest due |
15 |
| the Department under this Act, must be assessed, paid, and |
16 |
| collected in the same manner and subject to the same provisions |
17 |
| as in the case of the tax to which the liability relates, |
18 |
| except that the period of limitations for the issuance of a |
19 |
| notice of deficiency with respect to the liability is as |
20 |
| provided in Section 705(g). The term "transferee" includes |
21 |
| donee, heir, legatee, distributee, and bulk purchaser under |
22 |
| Section 702(d). |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 76 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Section 1204. Identifying numbers. If required by rules |
2 |
| adopted by the Department, any taxpayer required under this Act |
3 |
| to make a return, statement, or other document must include in |
4 |
| the return, statement, or other document any identifying number |
5 |
| as may be prescribed for securing proper identification of that |
6 |
| person. |
7 |
| Section 1205. Amounts less than $1. |
8 |
| (a) Payments, refunds, etc. The Department may by rule |
9 |
| provide that, if a total amount of less than $1 is payable, |
10 |
| refundable, or creditable, then the amount may be disregarded |
11 |
| or, alternatively, is disregarded if it is less than $0.50 and |
12 |
| is increased to $1 if it is $0.50 or more. |
13 |
| (b) Rounding. The Department may by rule provide that any |
14 |
| amount that is required to be shown or reported on any return |
15 |
| or other document under this Act is if such amount is not a |
16 |
| whole-dollar amount, increased to the nearest whole-dollar |
17 |
| amount in any case where the fractional part of a dollar is |
18 |
| $0.50 or more and decreased to the nearest whole-dollar amount |
19 |
| where the fractional part of a dollar is less than $0.50. |
20 |
| Section 1206. Administrative Procedure Act; application. |
21 |
| The Illinois Administrative Procedure Act is hereby expressly |
22 |
| adopted and applies to all administrative rules and procedures |
23 |
| of the Department of Revenue under this Act, except that: (1) |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 77 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| paragraph (b) of Section 5-10 of the Illinois Administrative |
2 |
| Procedure Act does not apply to final orders, decisions, and |
3 |
| opinions of the Department; (2) subparagraph (a)(2) of Section |
4 |
| 5-10 of the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act does not |
5 |
| apply to forms established by the Department for use under this |
6 |
| Act; and (3) the provisions of Section 10-45 of the Illinois |
7 |
| Administrative Procedure Act regarding proposals for decision |
8 |
| are excluded and not applicable to the Department under this |
9 |
| Act. |
10 |
| ARTICLE 13. DEFINITIONS |
11 |
| Section 1301. Definitions. |
12 |
| (a) In general. When used in this Act, where not otherwise |
13 |
| distinctly expressed or manifestly incompatible with the |
14 |
| intent thereof: |
15 |
| "Disregarded entity" means any entity whose existence |
16 |
| separate from the existence of its owner is disregarded for |
17 |
| federal income tax purposes, including, without limitation, a |
18 |
| single-member limited liability company that has not elected to |
19 |
| be treated as a corporation, a qualified Subchapter S |
20 |
| subsidiary under Section 1361 of the Internal Revenue Code, and |
21 |
| a qualified REIT subsidiary under Section 856 of the Internal |
22 |
| Revenue Code. |
23 |
| "Insurance company" has the same meaning as when used in |
24 |
| Section 304(b) of the Illinois Income Tax Act. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 78 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| "Taxpayer" means any individual, trust, estate, |
2 |
| partnership, association, firm, company, corporation, limited |
3 |
| liability company, disregarded entity, or fiduciary engaged in |
4 |
| a trade or business conducted, in whole or in part, within this |
5 |
| State. In the case of members of unitary business group |
6 |
| required to join in the filing of a combined return under the |
7 |
| Illinois Income Tax Act, "taxpayer" means the combined group. |
8 |
| "Unitary business group" has the same meaning as in Section |
9 |
| 1501(a)(27) of the Illinois Income Tax Act, and includes any |
10 |
| disregarded entity whose owner is included in that unitary |
11 |
| business group. |
12 |
| (b) Other definitions. |
13 |
| (1) Words denoting number, gender, and so forth, when |
14 |
| used in this Act, where not otherwise distinctly expressed |
15 |
| or manifestly incompatible with the intent thereof: |
16 |
| (A) words importing the singular include and apply |
17 |
| to several persons, parties or things; |
18 |
| (B) words importing the plural include the |
19 |
| singular; and |
20 |
| (C) words importing the masculine gender include |
21 |
| the feminine as well. |
22 |
| (2) "Company" or "association" as including successors |
23 |
| and assigns. The word "company" or "association", when used |
24 |
| in reference to a corporation, is deemed to embrace the |
25 |
| words "successors and assigns of the company or |
26 |
| association", and in like manner as if these last-named |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 79 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| words, or words of similar import, were expressed. |
2 |
| (3) Other terms. Any term used in any Section of this |
3 |
| Act with respect to the application of, or in connection |
4 |
| with, the provisions of any other Section of this Act have |
5 |
| the same meaning as in the other Section. |
6 |
| Section 1302. Arrangement and captions. No inference, |
7 |
| implication, or presumption of legislative construction may be |
8 |
| drawn or made by reason of the location or grouping of any |
9 |
| particular Section or provision of this Act, nor may any |
10 |
| caption be given any legal effect. |
11 |
| ARTICLE 90. AMENDATORY PROVISIONS |
12 |
| Section 90-5. The Illinois Income Tax Act is amended by |
13 |
| changing Sections 201, 501, and 901 and by adding Section 218 |
14 |
| as follows:
|
15 |
| (35 ILCS 5/201) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-201)
|
16 |
| Sec. 201. Tax Imposed.
|
17 |
| (a) In general. A tax measured by net income is hereby |
18 |
| imposed on every
individual, corporation, trust and estate for |
19 |
| each taxable year ending
after July 31, 1969 on the privilege |
20 |
| of earning or receiving income in or
as a resident of this |
21 |
| State. Such tax shall be in addition to all other
occupation or |
22 |
| privilege taxes imposed by this State or by any municipal
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 80 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| corporation or political subdivision thereof.
|
2 |
| (b) Rates. The tax imposed by subsection (a) of this |
3 |
| Section shall be
determined as follows, except as adjusted by |
4 |
| subsection (d-1):
|
5 |
| (1) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for |
6 |
| taxable years
ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal |
7 |
| to 2 1/2% of the taxpayer's
net income for the taxable |
8 |
| year.
|
9 |
| (2) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for |
10 |
| taxable years
beginning prior to July 1, 1989 and ending |
11 |
| after June 30, 1989, an amount
equal to the sum of (i) 2 |
12 |
| 1/2% of the taxpayer's net income for the period
prior to |
13 |
| July 1, 1989, as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) |
14 |
| 3% of the
taxpayer's net income for the period after June |
15 |
| 30, 1989, as calculated
under Section 202.3.
|
16 |
| (3) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for |
17 |
| taxable years
beginning after June 30, 1989, an amount |
18 |
| equal to 3% of the taxpayer's net
income for the taxable |
19 |
| year.
|
20 |
| (4) (Blank).
|
21 |
| (5) (Blank).
|
22 |
| (6) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
|
23 |
| ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal to 4% of the
|
24 |
| taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
|
25 |
| (7) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years |
26 |
| beginning prior to
July 1, 1989 and ending after June 30, |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 81 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| 1989, an amount equal to the sum of
(i) 4% of the |
2 |
| taxpayer's net income for the period prior to July 1, 1989,
|
3 |
| as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) 4.8% of the |
4 |
| taxpayer's net
income for the period after June 30, 1989, |
5 |
| as calculated under Section
202.3.
|
6 |
| (8) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years |
7 |
| beginning after
June 30, 1989, an amount equal to 4.8% of |
8 |
| the taxpayer's net income for the
taxable year ; provided |
9 |
| that: |
10 |
| (A) for taxable years ending on or after December |
11 |
| 31, 2008, in the case of any corporation that is |
12 |
| subject to tax under the Illinois Gross Receipts Tax |
13 |
| Act, has greater than $1,000,000 in Illinois gross |
14 |
| receipts for the taxable year, and has no item of |
15 |
| income includable in its base income that is not also |
16 |
| included in gross receipts under Section 202(a) of the |
17 |
| Illinois Gross Receipts Tax Act, the amount is zero; |
18 |
| and |
19 |
| (B) for taxable years ending after December 31, |
20 |
| 2011, the amount is zero if, after the effective date |
21 |
| of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly and |
22 |
| prior to January 1, 2011, the General Assembly has |
23 |
| enacted a new statewide tax or taxes, or enacted an |
24 |
| increase to one or more existing statewide taxes, for |
25 |
| the express purpose of producing revenues sufficient |
26 |
| to replace the revenues under this paragraph for those |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 82 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| taxable years .
|
2 |
| (c) Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax.
|
3 |
| Beginning on July 1, 1979 and thereafter, in addition to such |
4 |
| income
tax, there is also hereby imposed the Personal Property |
5 |
| Tax Replacement
Income Tax measured by net income on every |
6 |
| corporation (including Subchapter
S corporations), partnership |
7 |
| and trust, for each taxable year ending after
June 30, 1979. |
8 |
| Such taxes are imposed on the privilege of earning or
receiving |
9 |
| income in or as a resident of this State. The Personal Property
|
10 |
| Tax Replacement Income Tax shall be in addition to the income |
11 |
| tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section and in |
12 |
| addition to all other
occupation or privilege taxes imposed by |
13 |
| this State or by any municipal
corporation or political |
14 |
| subdivision thereof.
|
15 |
| (d) Additional Personal Property Tax Replacement Income |
16 |
| Tax Rates.
The personal property tax replacement income tax |
17 |
| imposed by this subsection
and subsection (c) of this Section |
18 |
| in the case of a corporation, other
than a Subchapter S |
19 |
| corporation and except as adjusted by subsection (d-1),
shall |
20 |
| be an additional amount equal to
2.85% of such taxpayer's net |
21 |
| income for the taxable year, except that
beginning on January |
22 |
| 1, 1981, and thereafter, the rate of 2.85% specified
in this |
23 |
| subsection shall be reduced to 2.5%, and in the case of a
|
24 |
| partnership, trust or a Subchapter S corporation shall be an |
25 |
| additional
amount equal to 1.5% of such taxpayer's net income |
26 |
| for the taxable year.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 83 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (d-1) Rate reduction for certain foreign insurers. In the |
2 |
| case of a
foreign insurer, as defined by Section 35A-5 of the |
3 |
| Illinois Insurance Code,
whose state or country of domicile |
4 |
| imposes on insurers domiciled in Illinois
a retaliatory tax |
5 |
| (excluding any insurer
whose premiums from reinsurance assumed |
6 |
| are 50% or more of its total insurance
premiums as determined |
7 |
| under paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of Section 304,
except |
8 |
| that for purposes of this determination premiums from |
9 |
| reinsurance do
not include premiums from inter-affiliate |
10 |
| reinsurance arrangements),
beginning with taxable years ending |
11 |
| on or after December 31, 1999,
the sum of
the rates of tax |
12 |
| imposed by subsections (b) and (d) shall be reduced (but not
|
13 |
| increased) to the rate at which the total amount of tax imposed |
14 |
| under this Act,
net of all credits allowed under this Act, |
15 |
| shall equal (i) the total amount of
tax that would be imposed |
16 |
| on the foreign insurer's net income allocable to
Illinois for |
17 |
| the taxable year by such foreign insurer's state or country of
|
18 |
| domicile if that net income were subject to all income taxes |
19 |
| and taxes
measured by net income imposed by such foreign |
20 |
| insurer's state or country of
domicile, net of all credits |
21 |
| allowed or (ii) a rate of zero if no such tax is
imposed on such |
22 |
| income by the foreign insurer's state of domicile.
For the |
23 |
| purposes of this subsection (d-1), an inter-affiliate includes |
24 |
| a
mutual insurer under common management.
|
25 |
| (1) For the purposes of subsection (d-1), in no event |
26 |
| shall the sum of the
rates of tax imposed by subsections |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 84 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (b) and (d) be reduced below the rate at
which the sum of:
|
2 |
| (A) the total amount of tax imposed on such foreign |
3 |
| insurer under
this Act for a taxable year, net of all |
4 |
| credits allowed under this Act, plus
|
5 |
| (B) the privilege tax imposed by Section 409 of the |
6 |
| Illinois Insurance
Code, the fire insurance company |
7 |
| tax imposed by Section 12 of the Fire
Investigation |
8 |
| Act, and the fire department taxes imposed under |
9 |
| Section 11-10-1
of the Illinois Municipal Code,
|
10 |
| equals 1.25% for taxable years ending prior to December 31, |
11 |
| 2003, or
1.75% for taxable years ending on or after |
12 |
| December 31, 2003, of the net
taxable premiums written for |
13 |
| the taxable year,
as described by subsection (1) of Section |
14 |
| 409 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
This paragraph will in |
15 |
| no event increase the rates imposed under subsections
(b) |
16 |
| and (d).
|
17 |
| (2) Any reduction in the rates of tax imposed by this |
18 |
| subsection shall be
applied first against the rates imposed |
19 |
| by subsection (b) and only after the
tax imposed by |
20 |
| subsection (a) net of all credits allowed under this |
21 |
| Section
other than the credit allowed under subsection (i) |
22 |
| has been reduced to zero,
against the rates imposed by |
23 |
| subsection (d).
|
24 |
| This subsection (d-1) is exempt from the provisions of |
25 |
| Section 250.
|
26 |
| (e) Investment credit. A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 85 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| against the Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax for
|
2 |
| investment in qualified property.
|
3 |
| (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit equal to .5% |
4 |
| of
the basis of qualified property placed in service during |
5 |
| the taxable year,
provided such property is placed in |
6 |
| service on or after
July 1, 1984. There shall be allowed an |
7 |
| additional credit equal
to .5% of the basis of qualified |
8 |
| property placed in service during the
taxable year, |
9 |
| provided such property is placed in service on or
after |
10 |
| July 1, 1986, and the taxpayer's base employment
within |
11 |
| Illinois has increased by 1% or more over the preceding |
12 |
| year as
determined by the taxpayer's employment records |
13 |
| filed with the
Illinois Department of Employment Security. |
14 |
| Taxpayers who are new to
Illinois shall be deemed to have |
15 |
| met the 1% growth in base employment for
the first year in |
16 |
| which they file employment records with the Illinois
|
17 |
| Department of Employment Security. The provisions added to |
18 |
| this Section by
Public Act 85-1200 (and restored by Public |
19 |
| Act 87-895) shall be
construed as declaratory of existing |
20 |
| law and not as a new enactment. If,
in any year, the |
21 |
| increase in base employment within Illinois over the
|
22 |
| preceding year is less than 1%, the additional credit shall |
23 |
| be limited to that
percentage times a fraction, the |
24 |
| numerator of which is .5% and the denominator
of which is |
25 |
| 1%, but shall not exceed .5%. The investment credit shall |
26 |
| not be
allowed to the extent that it would reduce a |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 86 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| taxpayer's liability in any tax
year below zero, nor may |
2 |
| any credit for qualified property be allowed for any
year |
3 |
| other than the year in which the property was placed in |
4 |
| service in
Illinois. For tax years ending on or after |
5 |
| December 31, 1987, and on or
before December 31, 1988, the |
6 |
| credit shall be allowed for the tax year in
which the |
7 |
| property is placed in service, or, if the amount of the |
8 |
| credit
exceeds the tax liability for that year, whether it |
9 |
| exceeds the original
liability or the liability as later |
10 |
| amended, such excess may be carried
forward and applied to |
11 |
| the tax liability of the 5 taxable years following
the |
12 |
| excess credit years if the taxpayer (i) makes investments |
13 |
| which cause
the creation of a minimum of 2,000 full-time |
14 |
| equivalent jobs in Illinois,
(ii) is located in an |
15 |
| enterprise zone established pursuant to the Illinois
|
16 |
| Enterprise Zone Act and (iii) is certified by the |
17 |
| Department of Commerce
and Community Affairs (now |
18 |
| Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity) as |
19 |
| complying with the requirements specified in
clause (i) and |
20 |
| (ii) by July 1, 1986. The Department of Commerce and
|
21 |
| Community Affairs (now Department of Commerce and Economic |
22 |
| Opportunity) shall notify the Department of Revenue of all |
23 |
| such
certifications immediately. For tax years ending |
24 |
| after December 31, 1988,
the credit shall be allowed for |
25 |
| the tax year in which the property is
placed in service, |
26 |
| or, if the amount of the credit exceeds the tax
liability |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 87 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| for that year, whether it exceeds the original liability or |
2 |
| the
liability as later amended, such excess may be carried |
3 |
| forward and applied
to the tax liability of the 5 taxable |
4 |
| years following the excess credit
years. The credit shall |
5 |
| be applied to the earliest year for which there is
a |
6 |
| liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year |
7 |
| that is
available to offset a liability, earlier credit |
8 |
| shall be applied first.
|
9 |
| (2) The term "qualified property" means property |
10 |
| which:
|
11 |
| (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including |
12 |
| buildings and structural
components of buildings and |
13 |
| signs that are real property, but not including
land or |
14 |
| improvements to real property that are not a structural |
15 |
| component of a
building such as landscaping, sewer |
16 |
| lines, local access roads, fencing, parking
lots, and |
17 |
| other appurtenances;
|
18 |
| (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the |
19 |
| Internal Revenue Code,
except that "3-year property" |
20 |
| as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
Code is not |
21 |
| eligible for the credit provided by this subsection |
22 |
| (e);
|
23 |
| (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section |
24 |
| 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code;
|
25 |
| (D) is used in Illinois by a taxpayer who is |
26 |
| primarily engaged in
manufacturing, or in mining coal |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 88 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| or fluorite, or in retailing, or was placed in service |
2 |
| on or after July 1, 2006 in a River Edge Redevelopment |
3 |
| Zone established pursuant to the River Edge |
4 |
| Redevelopment Zone Act; and
|
5 |
| (E) has not previously been used in Illinois in |
6 |
| such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for |
7 |
| the credit provided by this subsection
(e) or |
8 |
| subsection (f).
|
9 |
| (3) For purposes of this subsection (e), |
10 |
| "manufacturing" means
the material staging and production |
11 |
| of tangible personal property by
procedures commonly |
12 |
| regarded as manufacturing, processing, fabrication, or
|
13 |
| assembling which changes some existing material into new |
14 |
| shapes, new
qualities, or new combinations. For purposes of |
15 |
| this subsection
(e) the term "mining" shall have the same |
16 |
| meaning as the term "mining" in
Section 613(c) of the |
17 |
| Internal Revenue Code. For purposes of this subsection
(e), |
18 |
| the term "retailing" means the sale of tangible personal |
19 |
| property or
services rendered in conjunction with the sale |
20 |
| of tangible consumer goods
or commodities.
|
21 |
| (4) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis
|
22 |
| used to compute the depreciation deduction for federal |
23 |
| income tax purposes.
|
24 |
| (5) If the basis of the property for federal income tax |
25 |
| depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed |
26 |
| in service in Illinois by
the taxpayer, the amount of such |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 89 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| increase shall be deemed property placed
in service on the |
2 |
| date of such increase in basis.
|
3 |
| (6) The term "placed in service" shall have the same
|
4 |
| meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
5 |
| (7) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to
|
6 |
| be qualified property in the hands of the taxpayer within |
7 |
| 48 months after
being placed in service, or the situs of |
8 |
| any qualified property is
moved outside Illinois within 48 |
9 |
| months after being placed in service, the
Personal Property |
10 |
| Tax Replacement Income Tax for such taxable year shall be
|
11 |
| increased. Such increase shall be determined by (i) |
12 |
| recomputing the
investment credit which would have been |
13 |
| allowed for the year in which
credit for such property was |
14 |
| originally allowed by eliminating such
property from such |
15 |
| computation and, (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
|
16 |
| from the amount of credit previously allowed. For the |
17 |
| purposes of this
paragraph (7), a reduction of the basis of |
18 |
| qualified property resulting
from a redetermination of the |
19 |
| purchase price shall be deemed a disposition
of qualified |
20 |
| property to the extent of such reduction.
|
21 |
| (8) Unless the investment credit is extended by law, |
22 |
| the
basis of qualified property shall not include costs |
23 |
| incurred after
December 31, 2008, except for costs incurred |
24 |
| pursuant to a binding
contract entered into on or before |
25 |
| December 31, 2008.
|
26 |
| (9) Each taxable year ending before December 31, 2000, |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 90 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| a partnership may
elect to pass through to its
partners the |
2 |
| credits to which the partnership is entitled under this |
3 |
| subsection
(e) for the taxable year. A partner may use the |
4 |
| credit allocated to him or her
under this paragraph only |
5 |
| against the tax imposed in subsections (c) and (d) of
this |
6 |
| Section. If the partnership makes that election, those |
7 |
| credits shall be
allocated among the partners in the |
8 |
| partnership in accordance with the rules
set forth in |
9 |
| Section 704(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, and the rules
|
10 |
| promulgated under that Section, and the allocated amount of |
11 |
| the credits shall
be allowed to the partners for that |
12 |
| taxable year. The partnership shall make
this election on |
13 |
| its Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax return for
|
14 |
| that taxable year. The election to pass through the credits |
15 |
| shall be
irrevocable.
|
16 |
| For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2000, |
17 |
| a
partner that qualifies its
partnership for a subtraction |
18 |
| under subparagraph (I) of paragraph (2) of
subsection (d) |
19 |
| of Section 203 or a shareholder that qualifies a Subchapter |
20 |
| S
corporation for a subtraction under subparagraph (S) of |
21 |
| paragraph (2) of
subsection (b) of Section 203 shall be |
22 |
| allowed a credit under this subsection
(e) equal to its |
23 |
| share of the credit earned under this subsection (e) during
|
24 |
| the taxable year by the partnership or Subchapter S |
25 |
| corporation, determined in
accordance with the |
26 |
| determination of income and distributive share of
income |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 91 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| under Sections 702 and 704 and Subchapter S of the Internal |
2 |
| Revenue
Code. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions |
3 |
| of Section 250.
|
4 |
| (f) Investment credit; Enterprise Zone; River Edge |
5 |
| Redevelopment Zone.
|
6 |
| (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the |
7 |
| tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for |
8 |
| investment in qualified
property which is placed in service |
9 |
| in an Enterprise Zone created
pursuant to the Illinois |
10 |
| Enterprise Zone Act or, for property placed in service on |
11 |
| or after July 1, 2006, a River Edge Redevelopment Zone |
12 |
| established pursuant to the River Edge Redevelopment Zone |
13 |
| Act. For partners, shareholders
of Subchapter S |
14 |
| corporations, and owners of limited liability companies,
|
15 |
| if the liability company is treated as a partnership for |
16 |
| purposes of
federal and State income taxation, there shall |
17 |
| be allowed a credit under
this subsection (f) to be |
18 |
| determined in accordance with the determination
of income |
19 |
| and distributive share of income under Sections 702 and 704 |
20 |
| and
Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. The credit |
21 |
| shall be .5% of the
basis for such property. The credit |
22 |
| shall be available only in the taxable
year in which the |
23 |
| property is placed in service in the Enterprise Zone or |
24 |
| River Edge Redevelopment Zone and
shall not be allowed to |
25 |
| the extent that it would reduce a taxpayer's
liability for |
26 |
| the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 92 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| to
below zero. For tax years ending on or after December |
2 |
| 31, 1985, the credit
shall be allowed for the tax year in |
3 |
| which the property is placed in
service, or, if the amount |
4 |
| of the credit exceeds the tax liability for that
year, |
5 |
| whether it exceeds the original liability or the liability |
6 |
| as later
amended, such excess may be carried forward and |
7 |
| applied to the tax
liability of the 5 taxable years |
8 |
| following the excess credit year.
The credit shall be |
9 |
| applied to the earliest year for which there is a
|
10 |
| liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year |
11 |
| that is available
to offset a liability, the credit |
12 |
| accruing first in time shall be applied
first.
|
13 |
| (2) The term qualified property means property which:
|
14 |
| (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including |
15 |
| buildings and
structural components of buildings;
|
16 |
| (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the |
17 |
| Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" |
18 |
| as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not |
19 |
| eligible for the credit provided by this subsection |
20 |
| (f);
|
21 |
| (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section |
22 |
| 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code;
|
23 |
| (D) is used in the Enterprise Zone or River Edge |
24 |
| Redevelopment Zone by the taxpayer; and
|
25 |
| (E) has not been previously used in Illinois in |
26 |
| such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 93 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the credit provided by this subsection
(f) or |
2 |
| subsection (e).
|
3 |
| (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis |
4 |
| used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal |
5 |
| income tax purposes.
|
6 |
| (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax |
7 |
| depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed |
8 |
| in service in the Enterprise
Zone or River Edge |
9 |
| Redevelopment Zone by the taxpayer, the amount of such |
10 |
| increase shall be deemed property
placed in service on the |
11 |
| date of such increase in basis.
|
12 |
| (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same |
13 |
| meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
14 |
| (6) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to |
15 |
| be qualified
property in the hands of the taxpayer within |
16 |
| 48 months after being placed
in service, or the situs of |
17 |
| any qualified property is moved outside the
Enterprise Zone |
18 |
| or River Edge Redevelopment Zone within 48 months after |
19 |
| being placed in service, the tax
imposed under subsections |
20 |
| (a) and (b) of this Section for such taxable year
shall be |
21 |
| increased. Such increase shall be determined by (i) |
22 |
| recomputing
the investment credit which would have been |
23 |
| allowed for the year in which
credit for such property was |
24 |
| originally allowed by eliminating such
property from such |
25 |
| computation, and (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
|
26 |
| from the amount of credit previously allowed. For the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 94 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| purposes of this
paragraph (6), a reduction of the basis of |
2 |
| qualified property resulting
from a redetermination of the |
3 |
| purchase price shall be deemed a disposition
of qualified |
4 |
| property to the extent of such reduction.
|
5 |
| (7) There shall be allowed an additional credit equal |
6 |
| to 0.5% of the basis of qualified property placed in |
7 |
| service during the taxable year in a River Edge |
8 |
| Redevelopment Zone, provided such property is placed in |
9 |
| service on or after July 1, 2006, and the taxpayer's base |
10 |
| employment within Illinois has increased by 1% or more over |
11 |
| the preceding year as determined by the taxpayer's |
12 |
| employment records filed with the Illinois Department of |
13 |
| Employment Security. Taxpayers who are new to Illinois |
14 |
| shall be deemed to have met the 1% growth in base |
15 |
| employment for the first year in which they file employment |
16 |
| records with the Illinois Department of Employment |
17 |
| Security. If, in any year, the increase in base employment |
18 |
| within Illinois over the preceding year is less than 1%, |
19 |
| the additional credit shall be limited to that percentage |
20 |
| times a fraction, the numerator of which is 0.5% and the |
21 |
| denominator of which is 1%, but shall not exceed 0.5%.
|
22 |
| (g) Jobs Tax Credit; Enterprise Zone, River Edge |
23 |
| Redevelopment Zone, and Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone.
|
24 |
| (1) A taxpayer conducting a trade or business in an |
25 |
| enterprise zone
or a High Impact Business designated by the |
26 |
| Department of Commerce and
Economic Opportunity or for |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 95 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2006, in a |
2 |
| River Edge Redevelopment Zone conducting a trade or |
3 |
| business in a federally designated
Foreign Trade Zone or |
4 |
| Sub-Zone shall be allowed a credit against the tax
imposed |
5 |
| by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section in the amount of |
6 |
| $500
per eligible employee hired to work in the zone during |
7 |
| the taxable year.
|
8 |
| (2) To qualify for the credit:
|
9 |
| (A) the taxpayer must hire 5 or more eligible |
10 |
| employees to work in an
enterprise zone, River Edge |
11 |
| Redevelopment Zone, or federally designated Foreign |
12 |
| Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
during the taxable year;
|
13 |
| (B) the taxpayer's total employment within the |
14 |
| enterprise zone, River Edge Redevelopment Zone, or
|
15 |
| federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone |
16 |
| must
increase by 5 or more full-time employees beyond |
17 |
| the total employed in that
zone at the end of the |
18 |
| previous tax year for which a jobs tax
credit under |
19 |
| this Section was taken, or beyond the total employed by |
20 |
| the
taxpayer as of December 31, 1985, whichever is |
21 |
| later; and
|
22 |
| (C) the eligible employees must be employed 180 |
23 |
| consecutive days in
order to be deemed hired for |
24 |
| purposes of this subsection.
|
25 |
| (3) An "eligible employee" means an employee who is:
|
26 |
| (A) Certified by the Department of Commerce and |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 96 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Economic Opportunity
as "eligible for services" |
2 |
| pursuant to regulations promulgated in
accordance with |
3 |
| Title II of the Job Training Partnership Act, Training
|
4 |
| Services for the Disadvantaged or Title III of the Job |
5 |
| Training Partnership
Act, Employment and Training |
6 |
| Assistance for Dislocated Workers Program.
|
7 |
| (B) Hired after the enterprise zone, River Edge |
8 |
| Redevelopment Zone, or federally designated Foreign
|
9 |
| Trade Zone or Sub-Zone was designated or the trade or
|
10 |
| business was located in that zone, whichever is later.
|
11 |
| (C) Employed in the enterprise zone, River Edge |
12 |
| Redevelopment Zone, or Foreign Trade Zone or
Sub-Zone. |
13 |
| An employee is employed in an
enterprise zone or |
14 |
| federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
if |
15 |
| his services are rendered there or it is the base of
|
16 |
| operations for the services performed.
|
17 |
| (D) A full-time employee working 30 or more hours |
18 |
| per week.
|
19 |
| (4) For tax years ending on or after December 31, 1985 |
20 |
| and prior to
December 31, 1988, the credit shall be allowed |
21 |
| for the tax year in which
the eligible employees are hired. |
22 |
| For tax years ending on or after
December 31, 1988, the |
23 |
| credit shall be allowed for the tax year immediately
|
24 |
| following the tax year in which the eligible employees are |
25 |
| hired. If the
amount of the credit exceeds the tax |
26 |
| liability for that year, whether it
exceeds the original |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 97 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| liability or the liability as later amended, such
excess |
2 |
| may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of |
3 |
| the 5
taxable years following the excess credit year. The |
4 |
| credit shall be
applied to the earliest year for which |
5 |
| there is a liability. If there is
credit from more than one |
6 |
| tax year that is available to offset a liability,
earlier |
7 |
| credit shall be applied first.
|
8 |
| (5) The Department of Revenue shall promulgate such |
9 |
| rules and regulations
as may be deemed necessary to carry |
10 |
| out the purposes of this subsection (g).
|
11 |
| (6) The credit shall be available for eligible |
12 |
| employees hired on or
after January 1, 1986.
|
13 |
| (h) Investment credit; High Impact Business.
|
14 |
| (1) Subject to subsections (b) and (b-5) of Section
5.5 |
15 |
| of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, a taxpayer shall be |
16 |
| allowed a credit
against the tax imposed by subsections (a) |
17 |
| and (b) of this Section for
investment in qualified
|
18 |
| property which is placed in service by a Department of |
19 |
| Commerce and Economic Opportunity
designated High Impact |
20 |
| Business. The credit shall be .5% of the basis
for such |
21 |
| property. The credit shall not be available (i) until the |
22 |
| minimum
investments in qualified property set forth in |
23 |
| subdivision (a)(3)(A) of
Section 5.5 of the Illinois
|
24 |
| Enterprise Zone Act have been satisfied
or (ii) until the |
25 |
| time authorized in subsection (b-5) of the Illinois
|
26 |
| Enterprise Zone Act for entities designated as High Impact |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 98 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Businesses under
subdivisions (a)(3)(B), (a)(3)(C), and |
2 |
| (a)(3)(D) of Section 5.5 of the Illinois
Enterprise Zone |
3 |
| Act, and shall not be allowed to the extent that it would
|
4 |
| reduce a taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed by |
5 |
| subsections (a) and (b) of
this Section to below zero. The |
6 |
| credit applicable to such investments shall be
taken in the |
7 |
| taxable year in which such investments have been completed. |
8 |
| The
credit for additional investments beyond the minimum |
9 |
| investment by a designated
high impact business authorized |
10 |
| under subdivision (a)(3)(A) of Section 5.5 of
the Illinois |
11 |
| Enterprise Zone Act shall be available only in the taxable |
12 |
| year in
which the property is placed in service and shall |
13 |
| not be allowed to the extent
that it would reduce a |
14 |
| taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed by subsections
(a) |
15 |
| and (b) of this Section to below zero.
For tax years ending |
16 |
| on or after December 31, 1987, the credit shall be
allowed |
17 |
| for the tax year in which the property is placed in |
18 |
| service, or, if
the amount of the credit exceeds the tax |
19 |
| liability for that year, whether
it exceeds the original |
20 |
| liability or the liability as later amended, such
excess |
21 |
| may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of |
22 |
| the 5
taxable years following the excess credit year. The |
23 |
| credit shall be
applied to the earliest year for which |
24 |
| there is a liability. If there is
credit from more than one |
25 |
| tax year that is available to offset a liability,
the |
26 |
| credit accruing first in time shall be applied first.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 99 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Changes made in this subdivision (h)(1) by Public Act |
2 |
| 88-670
restore changes made by Public Act 85-1182 and |
3 |
| reflect existing law.
|
4 |
| (2) The term qualified property means property which:
|
5 |
| (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including |
6 |
| buildings and
structural components of buildings;
|
7 |
| (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the |
8 |
| Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" |
9 |
| as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not |
10 |
| eligible for the credit provided by this subsection |
11 |
| (h);
|
12 |
| (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section |
13 |
| 179(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code; and
|
14 |
| (D) is not eligible for the Enterprise Zone |
15 |
| Investment Credit provided
by subsection (f) of this |
16 |
| Section.
|
17 |
| (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis |
18 |
| used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal |
19 |
| income tax purposes.
|
20 |
| (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax |
21 |
| depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed |
22 |
| in service in a federally
designated Foreign Trade Zone or |
23 |
| Sub-Zone located in Illinois by the taxpayer,
the amount of |
24 |
| such increase shall be deemed property placed in service on
|
25 |
| the date of such increase in basis.
|
26 |
| (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 100 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
2 |
| (6) If during any taxable year ending on or before |
3 |
| December 31, 1996,
any property ceases to be qualified
|
4 |
| property in the hands of the taxpayer within 48 months |
5 |
| after being placed
in service, or the situs of any |
6 |
| qualified property is moved outside
Illinois within 48 |
7 |
| months after being placed in service, the tax imposed
under |
8 |
| subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for such taxable |
9 |
| year shall
be increased. Such increase shall be determined |
10 |
| by (i) recomputing the
investment credit which would have |
11 |
| been allowed for the year in which
credit for such property |
12 |
| was originally allowed by eliminating such
property from |
13 |
| such computation, and (ii) subtracting such recomputed |
14 |
| credit
from the amount of credit previously allowed. For |
15 |
| the purposes of this
paragraph (6), a reduction of the |
16 |
| basis of qualified property resulting
from a |
17 |
| redetermination of the purchase price shall be deemed a |
18 |
| disposition
of qualified property to the extent of such |
19 |
| reduction.
|
20 |
| (7) Beginning with tax years ending after December 31, |
21 |
| 1996, if a
taxpayer qualifies for the credit under this |
22 |
| subsection (h) and thereby is
granted a tax abatement and |
23 |
| the taxpayer relocates its entire facility in
violation of |
24 |
| the explicit terms and length of the contract under Section
|
25 |
| 18-183 of the Property Tax Code, the tax imposed under |
26 |
| subsections
(a) and (b) of this Section shall be increased |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 101 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| for the taxable year
in which the taxpayer relocated its |
2 |
| facility by an amount equal to the
amount of credit |
3 |
| received by the taxpayer under this subsection (h).
|
4 |
| (i) Credit for Personal Property Tax Replacement Income |
5 |
| Tax.
For tax years ending prior to December 31, 2003, a credit |
6 |
| shall be allowed
against the tax imposed by
subsections (a) and |
7 |
| (b) of this Section for the tax imposed by subsections (c)
and |
8 |
| (d) of this Section. This credit shall be computed by |
9 |
| multiplying the tax
imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this |
10 |
| Section by a fraction, the numerator
of which is base income |
11 |
| allocable to Illinois and the denominator of which is
Illinois |
12 |
| base income, and further multiplying the product by the tax |
13 |
| rate
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.
|
14 |
| Any credit earned on or after December 31, 1986 under
this |
15 |
| subsection which is unused in the year
the credit is computed |
16 |
| because it exceeds the tax liability imposed by
subsections (a) |
17 |
| and (b) for that year (whether it exceeds the original
|
18 |
| liability or the liability as later amended) may be carried |
19 |
| forward and
applied to the tax liability imposed by subsections |
20 |
| (a) and (b) of the 5
taxable years following the excess credit |
21 |
| year, provided that no credit may
be carried forward to any |
22 |
| year ending on or
after December 31, 2003. This credit shall be
|
23 |
| applied first to the earliest year for which there is a |
24 |
| liability. If
there is a credit under this subsection from more |
25 |
| than one tax year that is
available to offset a liability the |
26 |
| earliest credit arising under this
subsection shall be applied |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 102 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| first.
|
2 |
| If, during any taxable year ending on or after December 31, |
3 |
| 1986, the
tax imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this |
4 |
| Section for which a taxpayer
has claimed a credit under this |
5 |
| subsection (i) is reduced, the amount of
credit for such tax |
6 |
| shall also be reduced. Such reduction shall be
determined by |
7 |
| recomputing the credit to take into account the reduced tax
|
8 |
| imposed by subsections (c) and (d). If any portion of the
|
9 |
| reduced amount of credit has been carried to a different |
10 |
| taxable year, an
amended return shall be filed for such taxable |
11 |
| year to reduce the amount of
credit claimed.
|
12 |
| (j) Training expense credit. Beginning with tax years |
13 |
| ending on or
after December 31, 1986 and prior to December 31, |
14 |
| 2003, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a credit against the
tax |
15 |
| imposed by subsections (a) and (b) under this Section
for all |
16 |
| amounts paid or accrued, on behalf of all persons
employed by |
17 |
| the taxpayer in Illinois or Illinois residents employed
outside |
18 |
| of Illinois by a taxpayer, for educational or vocational |
19 |
| training in
semi-technical or technical fields or semi-skilled |
20 |
| or skilled fields, which
were deducted from gross income in the |
21 |
| computation of taxable income. The
credit against the tax |
22 |
| imposed by subsections (a) and (b) shall be 1.6% of
such |
23 |
| training expenses. For partners, shareholders of subchapter S
|
24 |
| corporations, and owners of limited liability companies, if the |
25 |
| liability
company is treated as a partnership for purposes of |
26 |
| federal and State income
taxation, there shall be allowed a |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 103 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| credit under this subsection (j) to be
determined in accordance |
2 |
| with the determination of income and distributive
share of |
3 |
| income under Sections 702 and 704 and subchapter S of the |
4 |
| Internal
Revenue Code.
|
5 |
| Any credit allowed under this subsection which is unused in |
6 |
| the year
the credit is earned may be carried forward to each of |
7 |
| the 5 taxable
years following the year for which the credit is |
8 |
| first computed until it is
used. This credit shall be applied |
9 |
| first to the earliest year for which
there is a liability. If |
10 |
| there is a credit under this subsection from more
than one tax |
11 |
| year that is available to offset a liability the earliest
|
12 |
| credit arising under this subsection shall be applied first. No |
13 |
| carryforward
credit may be claimed in any tax year ending on or |
14 |
| after
December 31, 2003.
|
15 |
| (k) Research and development credit.
|
16 |
| For tax years ending after July 1, 1990 and prior to
|
17 |
| December 31, 2003, and beginning again for tax years ending on |
18 |
| or after December 31, 2004, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a |
19 |
| credit against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of |
20 |
| this
Section for increasing research activities in this State. |
21 |
| The credit
allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) |
22 |
| and (b) shall be equal
to 6 1/2% of the qualifying expenditures |
23 |
| for increasing research activities
in this State. For partners, |
24 |
| shareholders of subchapter S corporations, and
owners of |
25 |
| limited liability companies, if the liability company is |
26 |
| treated as a
partnership for purposes of federal and State |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 104 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| income taxation, there shall be
allowed a credit under this |
2 |
| subsection to be determined in accordance with the
|
3 |
| determination of income and distributive share of income under |
4 |
| Sections 702 and
704 and subchapter S of the Internal Revenue |
5 |
| Code.
|
6 |
| For purposes of this subsection, "qualifying expenditures" |
7 |
| means the
qualifying expenditures as defined for the federal |
8 |
| credit for increasing
research activities which would be |
9 |
| allowable under Section 41 of the
Internal Revenue Code and |
10 |
| which are conducted in this State, "qualifying
expenditures for |
11 |
| increasing research activities in this State" means the
excess |
12 |
| of qualifying expenditures for the taxable year in which |
13 |
| incurred
over qualifying expenditures for the base period, |
14 |
| "qualifying expenditures
for the base period" means the average |
15 |
| of the qualifying expenditures for
each year in the base |
16 |
| period, and "base period" means the 3 taxable years
immediately |
17 |
| preceding the taxable year for which the determination is
being |
18 |
| made.
|
19 |
| Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the taxable |
20 |
| year
may be carried forward. A taxpayer may elect to have the
|
21 |
| unused credit shown on its final completed return carried over |
22 |
| as a credit
against the tax liability for the following 5 |
23 |
| taxable years or until it has
been fully used, whichever occurs |
24 |
| first; provided that no credit earned in a tax year ending |
25 |
| prior to December 31, 2003 may be carried forward to any year |
26 |
| ending on or after December 31, 2003.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 105 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| If an unused credit is carried forward to a given year from |
2 |
| 2 or more
earlier years, that credit arising in the earliest |
3 |
| year will be applied
first against the tax liability for the |
4 |
| given year. If a tax liability for
the given year still |
5 |
| remains, the credit from the next earliest year will
then be |
6 |
| applied, and so on, until all credits have been used or no tax
|
7 |
| liability for the given year remains. Any remaining unused |
8 |
| credit or
credits then will be carried forward to the next |
9 |
| following year in which a
tax liability is incurred, except |
10 |
| that no credit can be carried forward to
a year which is more |
11 |
| than 5 years after the year in which the expense for
which the |
12 |
| credit is given was incurred.
|
13 |
| No inference shall be drawn from this amendatory Act of the |
14 |
| 91st General
Assembly in construing this Section for taxable |
15 |
| years beginning before January
1, 1999.
|
16 |
| (l) Environmental Remediation Tax Credit.
|
17 |
| (i) For tax years ending after December 31, 1997 and on |
18 |
| or before
December 31, 2001, a taxpayer shall be allowed a |
19 |
| credit against the tax
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) |
20 |
| of this Section for certain amounts paid
for unreimbursed |
21 |
| eligible remediation costs, as specified in this |
22 |
| subsection.
For purposes of this Section, "unreimbursed |
23 |
| eligible remediation costs" means
costs approved by the |
24 |
| Illinois Environmental Protection Agency ("Agency") under
|
25 |
| Section 58.14 of the Environmental Protection Act that were |
26 |
| paid in performing
environmental remediation at a site for |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 106 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| which a No Further Remediation Letter
was issued by the |
2 |
| Agency and recorded under Section 58.10 of the |
3 |
| Environmental
Protection Act. The credit must be claimed |
4 |
| for the taxable year in which
Agency approval of the |
5 |
| eligible remediation costs is granted. The credit is
not |
6 |
| available to any taxpayer if the taxpayer or any related |
7 |
| party caused or
contributed to, in any material respect, a |
8 |
| release of regulated substances on,
in, or under the site |
9 |
| that was identified and addressed by the remedial
action |
10 |
| pursuant to the Site Remediation Program of the |
11 |
| Environmental Protection
Act. After the Pollution Control |
12 |
| Board rules are adopted pursuant to the
Illinois |
13 |
| Administrative Procedure Act for the administration and |
14 |
| enforcement of
Section 58.9 of the Environmental |
15 |
| Protection Act, determinations as to credit
availability |
16 |
| for purposes of this Section shall be made consistent with |
17 |
| those
rules. For purposes of this Section, "taxpayer" |
18 |
| includes a person whose tax
attributes the taxpayer has |
19 |
| succeeded to under Section 381 of the Internal
Revenue Code |
20 |
| and "related party" includes the persons disallowed a |
21 |
| deduction
for losses by paragraphs (b), (c), and (f)(1) of |
22 |
| Section 267 of the Internal
Revenue Code by virtue of being |
23 |
| a related taxpayer, as well as any of its
partners. The |
24 |
| credit allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) |
25 |
| and
(b) shall be equal to 25% of the unreimbursed eligible |
26 |
| remediation costs in
excess of $100,000 per site, except |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 107 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| that the $100,000 threshold shall not apply
to any site |
2 |
| contained in an enterprise zone as determined by the |
3 |
| Department of
Commerce and Community Affairs (now |
4 |
| Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity). The |
5 |
| total credit allowed shall not exceed
$40,000 per year with |
6 |
| a maximum total of $150,000 per site. For partners and
|
7 |
| shareholders of subchapter S corporations, there shall be |
8 |
| allowed a credit
under this subsection to be determined in |
9 |
| accordance with the determination of
income and |
10 |
| distributive share of income under Sections 702 and 704 and
|
11 |
| subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
12 |
| (ii) A credit allowed under this subsection that is |
13 |
| unused in the year
the credit is earned may be carried |
14 |
| forward to each of the 5 taxable years
following the year |
15 |
| for which the credit is first earned until it is used.
The |
16 |
| term "unused credit" does not include any amounts of |
17 |
| unreimbursed eligible
remediation costs in excess of the |
18 |
| maximum credit per site authorized under
paragraph (i). |
19 |
| This credit shall be applied first to the earliest year
for |
20 |
| which there is a liability. If there is a credit under this |
21 |
| subsection
from more than one tax year that is available to |
22 |
| offset a liability, the
earliest credit arising under this |
23 |
| subsection shall be applied first. A
credit allowed under |
24 |
| this subsection may be sold to a buyer as part of a sale
of |
25 |
| all or part of the remediation site for which the credit |
26 |
| was granted. The
purchaser of a remediation site and the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 108 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| tax credit shall succeed to the unused
credit and remaining |
2 |
| carry-forward period of the seller. To perfect the
|
3 |
| transfer, the assignor shall record the transfer in the |
4 |
| chain of title for the
site and provide written notice to |
5 |
| the Director of the Illinois Department of
Revenue of the |
6 |
| assignor's intent to sell the remediation site and the |
7 |
| amount of
the tax credit to be transferred as a portion of |
8 |
| the sale. In no event may a
credit be transferred to any |
9 |
| taxpayer if the taxpayer or a related party would
not be |
10 |
| eligible under the provisions of subsection (i).
|
11 |
| (iii) For purposes of this Section, the term "site" |
12 |
| shall have the same
meaning as under Section 58.2 of the |
13 |
| Environmental Protection Act.
|
14 |
| (m) Education expense credit. Beginning with tax years |
15 |
| ending after
December 31, 1999, a taxpayer who
is the custodian |
16 |
| of one or more qualifying pupils shall be allowed a credit
|
17 |
| against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this |
18 |
| Section for
qualified education expenses incurred on behalf of |
19 |
| the qualifying pupils.
The credit shall be equal to 25% of |
20 |
| qualified education expenses, but in no
event may the total |
21 |
| credit under this subsection claimed by a
family that is the
|
22 |
| custodian of qualifying pupils exceed $500. In no event shall a |
23 |
| credit under
this subsection reduce the taxpayer's liability |
24 |
| under this Act to less than
zero. This subsection is exempt |
25 |
| from the provisions of Section 250 of this
Act.
|
26 |
| For purposes of this subsection:
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 109 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| "Qualifying pupils" means individuals who (i) are |
2 |
| residents of the State of
Illinois, (ii) are under the age of |
3 |
| 21 at the close of the school year for
which a credit is |
4 |
| sought, and (iii) during the school year for which a credit
is |
5 |
| sought were full-time pupils enrolled in a kindergarten through |
6 |
| twelfth
grade education program at any school, as defined in |
7 |
| this subsection.
|
8 |
| "Qualified education expense" means the amount incurred
on |
9 |
| behalf of a qualifying pupil in excess of $250 for tuition, |
10 |
| book fees, and
lab fees at the school in which the pupil is |
11 |
| enrolled during the regular school
year.
|
12 |
| "School" means any public or nonpublic elementary or |
13 |
| secondary school in
Illinois that is in compliance with Title |
14 |
| VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
and attendance at which |
15 |
| satisfies the requirements of Section 26-1 of the
School Code, |
16 |
| except that nothing shall be construed to require a child to
|
17 |
| attend any particular public or nonpublic school to qualify for |
18 |
| the credit
under this Section.
|
19 |
| "Custodian" means, with respect to qualifying pupils, an |
20 |
| Illinois resident
who is a parent, the parents, a legal |
21 |
| guardian, or the legal guardians of the
qualifying pupils.
|
22 |
| (n) River Edge Redevelopment Zone site remediation tax |
23 |
| credit.
|
24 |
| (i) For tax years ending on or after December 31, 2006, |
25 |
| a taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the tax |
26 |
| imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 110 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| certain amounts paid for unreimbursed eligible remediation |
2 |
| costs, as specified in this subsection. For purposes of |
3 |
| this Section, "unreimbursed eligible remediation costs" |
4 |
| means costs approved by the Illinois Environmental |
5 |
| Protection Agency ("Agency") under Section 58.14 of the |
6 |
| Environmental Protection Act that were paid in performing |
7 |
| environmental remediation at a site within a River Edge |
8 |
| Redevelopment Zone for which a No Further Remediation |
9 |
| Letter was issued by the Agency and recorded under Section |
10 |
| 58.10 of the Environmental Protection Act. The credit must |
11 |
| be claimed for the taxable year in which Agency approval of |
12 |
| the eligible remediation costs is granted. The credit is |
13 |
| not available to any taxpayer if the taxpayer or any |
14 |
| related party caused or contributed to, in any material |
15 |
| respect, a release of regulated substances on, in, or under |
16 |
| the site that was identified and addressed by the remedial |
17 |
| action pursuant to the Site Remediation Program of the |
18 |
| Environmental Protection Act. Determinations as to credit |
19 |
| availability for purposes of this Section shall be made |
20 |
| consistent with rules adopted by the Pollution Control |
21 |
| Board pursuant to the Illinois Administrative Procedure |
22 |
| Act for the administration and enforcement of Section 58.9 |
23 |
| of the Environmental Protection Act. For purposes of this |
24 |
| Section, "taxpayer" includes a person whose tax attributes |
25 |
| the taxpayer has succeeded to under Section 381 of the |
26 |
| Internal Revenue Code and "related party" includes the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 111 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| persons disallowed a deduction for losses by paragraphs |
2 |
| (b), (c), and (f)(1) of Section 267 of the Internal Revenue |
3 |
| Code by virtue of being a related taxpayer, as well as any |
4 |
| of its partners. The credit allowed against the tax imposed |
5 |
| by subsections (a) and (b) shall be equal to 25% of the |
6 |
| unreimbursed eligible remediation costs in excess of |
7 |
| $100,000 per site. |
8 |
| (ii) A credit allowed under this subsection that is |
9 |
| unused in the year the credit is earned may be carried |
10 |
| forward to each of the 5 taxable years following the year |
11 |
| for which the credit is first earned until it is used. This |
12 |
| credit shall be applied first to the earliest year for |
13 |
| which there is a liability. If there is a credit under this |
14 |
| subsection from more than one tax year that is available to |
15 |
| offset a liability, the earliest credit arising under this |
16 |
| subsection shall be applied first. A credit allowed under |
17 |
| this subsection may be sold to a buyer as part of a sale of |
18 |
| all or part of the remediation site for which the credit |
19 |
| was granted. The purchaser of a remediation site and the |
20 |
| tax credit shall succeed to the unused credit and remaining |
21 |
| carry-forward period of the seller. To perfect the |
22 |
| transfer, the assignor shall record the transfer in the |
23 |
| chain of title for the site and provide written notice to |
24 |
| the Director of the Illinois Department of Revenue of the |
25 |
| assignor's intent to sell the remediation site and the |
26 |
| amount of the tax credit to be transferred as a portion of |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 112 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the sale. In no event may a credit be transferred to any |
2 |
| taxpayer if the taxpayer or a related party would not be |
3 |
| eligible under the provisions of subsection (i). |
4 |
| (iii) For purposes of this Section, the term "site" |
5 |
| shall have the same meaning as under Section 58.2 of the |
6 |
| Environmental Protection Act. |
7 |
| (iv) This subsection is exempt from the provisions of |
8 |
| Section 250.
|
9 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-29, eff. 6-20-03; 93-840, eff. 7-30-04; |
10 |
| 93-871, eff. 8-6-04; 94-1021, eff. 7-12-06.)
|
11 |
| (35 ILCS 5/218 new)
|
12 |
| Sec. 218. Credit for gross receipts tax paid. |
13 |
| (a) If the credit allowed by Section 204 of the Illinois |
14 |
| Gross Receipts Tax Act reduces a corporation's liability under |
15 |
| that Act to zero, that corporation is allowed a credit against |
16 |
| the taxes imposed under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 |
17 |
| of this Act. |
18 |
| (b) The credit allowed under this Section is the excess, if |
19 |
| any, of the credit under Section 204 of the Illinois Gross |
20 |
| Receipts Tax Act, determined without regard to subsection (b) |
21 |
| of that Section, over the taxpayer's liability under the |
22 |
| Illinois Gross Receipts Tax Act computed without excluding from |
23 |
| gross receipts any item described in subparagraphs (A), (A-1), |
24 |
| (M), (Q), (R), (S), (T), (U), or (V) of Section 202(a)(2) of |
25 |
| that Act.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 113 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (35 ILCS 5/501) (from Ch. 120, par. 5-501)
|
2 |
| Sec. 501. Notice
or Regulations Requiring Records, |
3 |
| Statements and Special Returns.
|
4 |
| (a) In general. Every person liable for any tax imposed by |
5 |
| this Act shall keep such
records, render such statements, make |
6 |
| such returns and notices, and comply
with such rules and |
7 |
| regulations as the Department may from time to time
prescribe. |
8 |
| Whenever in the judgment of the Director it is necessary, he |
9 |
| may
require any person, by notice served upon such person or by |
10 |
| regulations, to
make such returns and notices, render such |
11 |
| statements, or keep such
records, as the Director deems |
12 |
| sufficient to show whether or not such
person is liable for tax |
13 |
| under this Act.
|
14 |
| (b) Reportable transactions. For each taxable year in which |
15 |
| a taxpayer is required to make a disclosure statement under |
16 |
| Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4 (26 CFR 1.6011-4) |
17 |
| (including any taxpayer that is a member of a consolidated |
18 |
| group required to make such disclosure) with respect to a |
19 |
| reportable transaction (including a listed transaction) in |
20 |
| which the taxpayer participated in a taxable year for which a |
21 |
| return is required under Section 502 of this Act, such taxpayer |
22 |
| shall file a copy of such disclosure with the Department. |
23 |
| Disclosure under this subsection is required to be made by any |
24 |
| taxpayer that is a member of a unitary business group that |
25 |
| includes any person required to make a disclosure statement |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 114 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| under Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4. Disclosure under |
2 |
| this subsection is required with respect to any transaction |
3 |
| entered into after February 28, 2000 that becomes a listed |
4 |
| transaction at any time, and shall be made in the manner |
5 |
| prescribed by the Department. With respect to transactions in |
6 |
| which the taxpayer participated for taxable years ending before |
7 |
| December 31, 2004, disclosure shall be made by the due date |
8 |
| (including extensions) of the first return required under |
9 |
| Section 502 of this Act due after the effective date of this |
10 |
| amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly. With respect to |
11 |
| transactions in which the taxpayer participated for taxable |
12 |
| years ending on and after December 31, 2004, disclosure shall |
13 |
| be made in the time and manner prescribed in Treasury |
14 |
| Regulations Section 1.6011-4(e). Notwithstanding the above, no |
15 |
| disclosure is required for transactions entered into after |
16 |
| February 28, 2000 and before January 1, 2005 (i) if the |
17 |
| taxpayer has filed an amended Illinois income tax return which |
18 |
| reverses the tax benefits of the potential tax avoidance |
19 |
| transaction, or (ii) as a result of a federal audit the |
20 |
| Internal Revenue Service has determined the tax treatment of |
21 |
| the transaction and an Illinois amended return has been filed |
22 |
| to reflect the federal treatment. |
23 |
| (c) The Department may require electronic filing of any |
24 |
| return due under this Act.
|
25 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-840, eff. 7-30-04.)
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 115 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (35 ILCS 5/901) (from Ch. 120, par. 9-901)
|
2 |
| Sec. 901. Collection Authority.
|
3 |
| (a) In general.
|
4 |
| The Department shall collect the taxes imposed by this Act. |
5 |
| The Department
shall collect certified past due child support |
6 |
| amounts under Section 2505-650
of the Department of Revenue Law |
7 |
| (20 ILCS 2505/2505-650). Except as
provided in subsections (c) |
8 |
| and (e) of this Section, money collected
pursuant to |
9 |
| subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act shall be
|
10 |
| paid into the General Revenue Fund in the State treasury; money
|
11 |
| collected pursuant to subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of |
12 |
| this Act
shall be paid into the Personal Property Tax |
13 |
| Replacement Fund, a special
fund in the State Treasury; and |
14 |
| money collected under Section 2505-650 of the
Department of |
15 |
| Revenue Law (20 ILCS 2505/2505-650) shall be paid
into the
|
16 |
| Child Support Enforcement Trust Fund, a special fund outside |
17 |
| the State
Treasury, or
to the State
Disbursement Unit |
18 |
| established under Section 10-26 of the Illinois Public Aid
|
19 |
| Code, as directed by the Department of Healthcare and Family |
20 |
| Services.
|
21 |
| (b) Local Governmental Distributive Fund.
|
22 |
| Beginning August 1, 1969, and continuing through June 30, |
23 |
| 1994, the Treasurer
shall transfer each month from the General |
24 |
| Revenue Fund to a special fund in
the State treasury, to be |
25 |
| known as the "Local Government Distributive Fund", an
amount |
26 |
| equal to 1/12 of the net revenue realized from the tax imposed |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 116 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| by
subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act during |
2 |
| the preceding month.
Beginning July 1, 1994, and continuing |
3 |
| through June 30, 1995, the Treasurer
shall transfer each month |
4 |
| from the General Revenue Fund to the Local Government
|
5 |
| Distributive Fund an amount equal to 1/11 of the net revenue |
6 |
| realized from the
tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of |
7 |
| Section 201 of this Act during the
preceding month. Beginning |
8 |
| July 1, 1995, the Treasurer shall transfer each
month from the |
9 |
| General Revenue Fund to the Local Government Distributive Fund
|
10 |
| an amount equal to the net of (i) 1/10 of the net revenue |
11 |
| realized from the
tax imposed by
subsections (a) and (b) of |
12 |
| Section 201 of the Illinois Income Tax Act during
the preceding |
13 |
| month
(ii) minus, beginning July 1, 2003 and ending June 30, |
14 |
| 2004, $6,666,666, and
beginning July 1,
2004,
zero. Net revenue |
15 |
| realized for a month shall be defined as the
revenue from the |
16 |
| tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this
|
17 |
| Act which is deposited in the General Revenue Fund, the |
18 |
| Educational Assistance
Fund and the Income Tax Surcharge Local |
19 |
| Government Distributive Fund during the
month minus the amount |
20 |
| paid out of the General Revenue Fund in State warrants
during |
21 |
| that same month as refunds to taxpayers for overpayment of |
22 |
| liability
under the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of |
23 |
| Section 201 of this Act ; provided that, for purposes of this |
24 |
| subsection, for State fiscal years 2008 and following, if the |
25 |
| total net revenues realized for the fiscal year are less than |
26 |
| the total net revenues realized for State fiscal year 2007 |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 117 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| under this subsection, the net revenues for the last month of |
2 |
| the fiscal year shall be increased by the excess of the net |
3 |
| revenues realized during State fiscal year 2007 over the net |
4 |
| revenues realized during that fiscal year .
|
5 |
| (c) Deposits Into Income Tax Refund Fund.
|
6 |
| (1) Beginning on January 1, 1989 and thereafter, the |
7 |
| Department shall
deposit a percentage of the amounts |
8 |
| collected pursuant to subsections (a)
and (b)(1), (2), and |
9 |
| (3), of Section 201 of this Act into a fund in the State
|
10 |
| treasury known as the Income Tax Refund Fund. The |
11 |
| Department shall deposit 6%
of such amounts during the |
12 |
| period beginning January 1, 1989 and ending on June
30, |
13 |
| 1989. Beginning with State fiscal year 1990 and for each |
14 |
| fiscal year
thereafter, the percentage deposited into the |
15 |
| Income Tax Refund Fund during a
fiscal year shall be the |
16 |
| Annual Percentage. For fiscal years 1999 through
2001, the |
17 |
| Annual Percentage shall be 7.1%.
For fiscal year 2003, the |
18 |
| Annual Percentage shall be 8%.
For fiscal year 2004, the |
19 |
| Annual Percentage shall be 11.7%. Upon the effective date |
20 |
| of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, the |
21 |
| Annual Percentage shall be 10% for fiscal year 2005. For |
22 |
| fiscal year 2006, the Annual Percentage shall be 9.75%. For |
23 |
| fiscal year 2007, the Annual Percentage shall be 9.75%. For |
24 |
| all other
fiscal years, the
Annual Percentage shall be |
25 |
| calculated as a fraction, the numerator of which
shall be |
26 |
| the amount of refunds approved for payment by the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 118 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Department during
the preceding fiscal year as a result of |
2 |
| overpayment of tax liability under
subsections (a) and |
3 |
| (b)(1), (2), and (3) of Section 201 of this Act plus the
|
4 |
| amount of such refunds remaining approved but unpaid at the |
5 |
| end of the
preceding fiscal year, minus the amounts |
6 |
| transferred into the Income Tax
Refund Fund from the |
7 |
| Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund, and
the denominator of |
8 |
| which shall be the amounts which will be collected pursuant
|
9 |
| to subsections (a) and (b)(1), (2), and (3) of Section 201 |
10 |
| of this Act during
the preceding fiscal year; except that |
11 |
| in State fiscal year 2002, the Annual
Percentage shall in |
12 |
| no event exceed 7.6%. The Director of Revenue shall
certify |
13 |
| the Annual Percentage to the Comptroller on the last |
14 |
| business day of
the fiscal year immediately preceding the |
15 |
| fiscal year for which it is to be
effective.
|
16 |
| (2) Beginning on January 1, 1989 and thereafter, the |
17 |
| Department shall
deposit a percentage of the amounts |
18 |
| collected pursuant to subsections (a)
and (b)(6), (7), and |
19 |
| (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201
of this Act into a fund in |
20 |
| the State treasury known as the Income Tax
Refund Fund. The |
21 |
| Department shall deposit 18% of such amounts during the
|
22 |
| period beginning January 1, 1989 and ending on June 30, |
23 |
| 1989. Beginning
with State fiscal year 1990 and for each |
24 |
| fiscal year thereafter, the
percentage deposited into the |
25 |
| Income Tax Refund Fund during a fiscal year
shall be the |
26 |
| Annual Percentage. For fiscal years 1999, 2000, and 2001, |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 119 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the
Annual Percentage shall be 19%.
For fiscal year 2003, |
2 |
| the Annual Percentage shall be 27%. For fiscal year
2004, |
3 |
| the Annual Percentage shall be 32%.
Upon the effective date |
4 |
| of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, the |
5 |
| Annual Percentage shall be 24% for fiscal year 2005.
For |
6 |
| fiscal year 2006, the Annual Percentage shall be 20%. For |
7 |
| fiscal year 2007, the Annual Percentage shall be 17.5%. For |
8 |
| all other fiscal years, the Annual
Percentage shall be |
9 |
| calculated
as a fraction, the numerator of which shall be |
10 |
| the amount of refunds
approved for payment by the |
11 |
| Department during the preceding fiscal year as
a result of |
12 |
| overpayment of tax liability under subsections (a) and |
13 |
| (b)(6),
(7), and (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this |
14 |
| Act plus the
amount of such refunds remaining approved but |
15 |
| unpaid at the end of the
preceding fiscal year, and the |
16 |
| denominator of
which shall be the amounts which will be |
17 |
| collected pursuant to subsections (a)
and (b)(6), (7), and |
18 |
| (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act during the
|
19 |
| preceding fiscal year; except that in State fiscal year |
20 |
| 2002, the Annual
Percentage shall in no event exceed 23%. |
21 |
| The Director of Revenue shall
certify the Annual Percentage |
22 |
| to the Comptroller on the last business day of
the fiscal |
23 |
| year immediately preceding the fiscal year for which it is |
24 |
| to be
effective.
|
25 |
| (3) The Comptroller shall order transferred and the |
26 |
| Treasurer shall
transfer from the Tobacco Settlement |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 120 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Recovery Fund to the Income Tax Refund
Fund (i) $35,000,000 |
2 |
| in January, 2001, (ii) $35,000,000 in January, 2002, and
|
3 |
| (iii) $35,000,000 in January, 2003.
|
4 |
| (d) Expenditures from Income Tax Refund Fund.
|
5 |
| (1) Beginning January 1, 1989, money in the Income Tax |
6 |
| Refund Fund
shall be expended exclusively for the purpose |
7 |
| of paying refunds resulting
from overpayment of tax |
8 |
| liability under Section 201 of this Act, for paying
rebates |
9 |
| under Section 208.1 in the event that the amounts in the |
10 |
| Homeowners'
Tax Relief Fund are insufficient for that |
11 |
| purpose, paying refunds resulting from the overpayment of a |
12 |
| tax liability under the Illinois Gross Receipts Tax Act,
|
13 |
| and for
making transfers pursuant to this subsection (d).
|
14 |
| (2) The Director shall order payment of refunds |
15 |
| resulting from
overpayment of tax liability under Section |
16 |
| 201 of this Act from the
Income Tax Refund Fund only to the |
17 |
| extent that amounts collected pursuant
to Section 201 of |
18 |
| this Act and transfers pursuant to this subsection (d)
and |
19 |
| item (3) of subsection (c) have been deposited and retained |
20 |
| in the
Fund.
|
21 |
| (3) As soon as possible after the end of each fiscal |
22 |
| year, the Director
shall
order transferred and the State |
23 |
| Treasurer and State Comptroller shall
transfer from the |
24 |
| Income Tax Refund Fund to the Personal Property Tax
|
25 |
| Replacement Fund an amount, certified by the Director to |
26 |
| the Comptroller,
equal to the excess of the amount |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 121 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| collected pursuant to subsections (c) and
(d) of Section |
2 |
| 201 of this Act deposited into the Income Tax Refund Fund
|
3 |
| during the fiscal year over the amount of refunds resulting |
4 |
| from
overpayment of tax liability under subsections (c) and |
5 |
| (d) of Section 201
of this Act paid from the Income Tax |
6 |
| Refund Fund during the fiscal year.
|
7 |
| (4) As soon as possible after the end of each fiscal |
8 |
| year, the Director shall
order transferred and the State |
9 |
| Treasurer and State Comptroller shall
transfer from the |
10 |
| Personal Property Tax Replacement Fund to the Income Tax
|
11 |
| Refund Fund an amount, certified by the Director to the |
12 |
| Comptroller, equal
to the excess of the amount of refunds |
13 |
| resulting from overpayment of tax
liability under |
14 |
| subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act paid
|
15 |
| from the Income Tax Refund Fund during the fiscal year over |
16 |
| the amount
collected pursuant to subsections (c) and (d) of |
17 |
| Section 201 of this Act
deposited into the Income Tax |
18 |
| Refund Fund during the fiscal year.
|
19 |
| (4.5) As soon as possible after the end of fiscal year |
20 |
| 1999 and of each
fiscal year
thereafter, the Director shall |
21 |
| order transferred and the State Treasurer and
State |
22 |
| Comptroller shall transfer from the Income Tax Refund Fund |
23 |
| to the General
Revenue Fund any surplus remaining in the |
24 |
| Income Tax Refund Fund as of the end
of such fiscal year; |
25 |
| excluding for fiscal years 2000, 2001, and 2002
amounts |
26 |
| attributable to transfers under item (3) of subsection (c) |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 122 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| less refunds
resulting from the earned income tax credit.
|
2 |
| (5) This Act shall constitute an irrevocable and |
3 |
| continuing
appropriation from the Income Tax Refund Fund |
4 |
| for the purpose of paying
refunds upon the order of the |
5 |
| Director in accordance with the provisions of
this Section.
|
6 |
| (e) Deposits into the Education Assistance Fund and the |
7 |
| Income Tax
Surcharge Local Government Distributive Fund.
|
8 |
| On July 1, 1991, and thereafter, of the amounts collected |
9 |
| pursuant to
subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act, |
10 |
| minus deposits into the
Income Tax Refund Fund, the Department |
11 |
| shall deposit 7.3% into the
Education Assistance Fund in the |
12 |
| State Treasury. Beginning July 1, 1991,
and continuing through |
13 |
| January 31, 1993, of the amounts collected pursuant to
|
14 |
| subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of the Illinois Income |
15 |
| Tax Act, minus
deposits into the Income Tax Refund Fund, the |
16 |
| Department shall deposit 3.0%
into the Income Tax Surcharge |
17 |
| Local Government Distributive Fund in the State
Treasury. |
18 |
| Beginning February 1, 1993 and continuing through June 30, |
19 |
| 1993, of
the amounts collected pursuant to subsections (a) and |
20 |
| (b) of Section 201 of the
Illinois Income Tax Act, minus |
21 |
| deposits into the Income Tax Refund Fund, the
Department shall |
22 |
| deposit 4.4% into the Income Tax Surcharge Local Government
|
23 |
| Distributive Fund in the State Treasury. Beginning July 1, |
24 |
| 1993, and
continuing through June 30, 1994, of the amounts |
25 |
| collected under subsections
(a) and (b) of Section 201 of this |
26 |
| Act, minus deposits into the Income Tax
Refund Fund, the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 123 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Department shall deposit 1.475% into the Income Tax Surcharge
|
2 |
| Local Government Distributive Fund in the State Treasury.
|
3 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 6-20-03; 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; 94-91, |
4 |
| eff. 7-1-05; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06.)
|
5 |
| Section 90-10. The Uniform Penalty and Interest Act is |
6 |
| amended by changing Section 3-3 as follows:
|
7 |
| (35 ILCS 735/3-3) (from Ch. 120, par. 2603-3)
|
8 |
| Sec. 3-3. Penalty for failure to file or pay.
|
9 |
| (a) This subsection (a) is applicable before January 1, |
10 |
| 1996. A penalty
of 5% of the tax required to be shown due on a |
11 |
| return shall be
imposed for failure to file the tax return on |
12 |
| or before the due date prescribed
for filing determined with |
13 |
| regard for any extension of time for filing
(penalty
for late |
14 |
| filing or nonfiling). If any unprocessable return is corrected |
15 |
| and
filed within 21 days after notice by the Department, the |
16 |
| late filing or
nonfiling penalty shall not apply. If a penalty |
17 |
| for late filing or nonfiling
is imposed in addition to a |
18 |
| penalty for late payment, the total penalty due
shall be the |
19 |
| sum of the late filing penalty and the applicable late payment
|
20 |
| penalty.
Beginning on the effective date of this amendatory Act |
21 |
| of 1995, in the case
of any type of tax return required to be |
22 |
| filed more frequently
than annually, when the failure to file |
23 |
| the tax return on or before the
date prescribed for filing |
24 |
| (including any extensions) is shown to be
nonfraudulent and has |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 124 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| not occurred in the 2 years immediately preceding the
failure |
2 |
| to file on the prescribed due date, the penalty imposed by |
3 |
| Section
3-3(a) shall be abated.
|
4 |
| (a-5) This subsection (a-5) is applicable to returns due on |
5 |
| and after
January 1, 1996 and on or before December 31, 2000.
A |
6 |
| penalty equal to 2% of
the tax required to be shown due on a |
7 |
| return, up to a maximum amount of $250,
determined without |
8 |
| regard to any part of the tax that is paid on time or by any
|
9 |
| credit that was properly allowable on the date the return was |
10 |
| required to be
filed, shall be
imposed for failure to file the |
11 |
| tax return on or before the due date prescribed
for filing |
12 |
| determined with regard for any extension of time for filing.
|
13 |
| However, if any return is not filed within 30 days after notice |
14 |
| of nonfiling
mailed by the Department to the last known address |
15 |
| of the taxpayer contained in
Department records, an additional |
16 |
| penalty amount shall be imposed equal to the
greater of $250 or |
17 |
| 2% of the tax shown on the return. However, the additional
|
18 |
| penalty amount may not exceed $5,000 and is determined without |
19 |
| regard to any
part of the tax that is paid on time or by any |
20 |
| credit that was properly
allowable on the date the return was |
21 |
| required to be filed (penalty
for late filing or nonfiling). If |
22 |
| any unprocessable return is corrected and
filed within 30 days |
23 |
| after notice by the Department, the late filing or
nonfiling |
24 |
| penalty shall not apply. If a penalty for late filing or |
25 |
| nonfiling
is imposed in addition to a penalty for late payment, |
26 |
| the total penalty due
shall be the sum of the late filing |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 125 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| penalty and the applicable late payment
penalty.
In the case of |
2 |
| any type of tax return required to be filed more frequently
|
3 |
| than annually, when the failure to file the tax return on or |
4 |
| before the
date prescribed for filing (including any |
5 |
| extensions) is shown to be
nonfraudulent and has not occurred |
6 |
| in the 2 years immediately preceding the
failure to file on the |
7 |
| prescribed due date, the penalty imposed by Section
3-3(a-5) |
8 |
| shall be abated.
|
9 |
| (a-10) This subsection (a-10) is applicable to returns due |
10 |
| on and after
January 1, 2001.
A penalty equal to 2% of
the tax |
11 |
| required to be shown due on a return, up to a maximum amount of |
12 |
| $250,
reduced by any tax that is
paid on time or by any
credit |
13 |
| that was properly allowable on the date the return was required |
14 |
| to be
filed, shall be
imposed for failure to file the tax |
15 |
| return on or before the due date prescribed
for filing |
16 |
| determined with regard for any extension of time for filing.
|
17 |
| However, if any return is not filed within 30 days after notice |
18 |
| of nonfiling
mailed by the Department to the last known address |
19 |
| of the taxpayer contained in
Department records, an additional |
20 |
| penalty amount shall be imposed equal to the
greater of $250 or |
21 |
| 2% of the tax shown on the return. However, the additional
|
22 |
| penalty amount may not exceed $5,000 and is determined without |
23 |
| regard to any
part of the tax that is paid on time or by any |
24 |
| credit that was properly
allowable on the date the return was |
25 |
| required to be filed (penalty
for late filing or nonfiling). If |
26 |
| any unprocessable return is corrected and
filed within 30 days |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 126 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| after notice by the Department, the late filing or
nonfiling |
2 |
| penalty shall not apply. If a penalty for late filing or |
3 |
| nonfiling
is imposed in addition to a penalty for late payment, |
4 |
| the total penalty due
shall be the sum of the late filing |
5 |
| penalty and the applicable late payment
penalty.
In the case of |
6 |
| any type of tax return required to be filed more frequently
|
7 |
| than annually, when the failure to file the tax return on or |
8 |
| before the
date prescribed for filing (including any |
9 |
| extensions) is shown to be
nonfraudulent and has not occurred |
10 |
| in the 2 years immediately preceding the
failure to file on the |
11 |
| prescribed due date, the penalty imposed by Section
3-3(a-10) |
12 |
| shall be abated.
|
13 |
| (b) This subsection is applicable before January 1, 1998.
A |
14 |
| penalty of 15% of the tax shown on the return or the tax |
15 |
| required to
be shown due on the return shall be imposed for |
16 |
| failure to pay:
|
17 |
| (1) the tax shown due on the return on or before the |
18 |
| due date prescribed
for payment of that tax, an amount of |
19 |
| underpayment of estimated tax, or an
amount that is |
20 |
| reported in an amended return other than an amended return
|
21 |
| timely filed as required by subsection (b) of Section 506 |
22 |
| of the Illinois
Income Tax Act (penalty for late payment or |
23 |
| nonpayment of admitted liability);
or
|
24 |
| (2) the full amount of any tax required to be shown due |
25 |
| on a
return and which is not shown (penalty for late |
26 |
| payment or nonpayment of
additional liability), within 30 |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 127 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| days after a notice of arithmetic error,
notice and demand, |
2 |
| or a final assessment is issued by the Department.
In the |
3 |
| case of a final assessment arising following a protest and |
4 |
| hearing,
the 30-day period shall not begin until all |
5 |
| proceedings in court for review of
the final assessment |
6 |
| have terminated or the period for obtaining a review has
|
7 |
| expired without proceedings for a review having been |
8 |
| instituted. In the case
of a notice of tax liability that |
9 |
| becomes a final assessment without a protest
and hearing, |
10 |
| the penalty provided in this paragraph (2) shall be imposed |
11 |
| at the
expiration of the period provided for the filing of |
12 |
| a protest.
|
13 |
| (b-5) This subsection is applicable to returns due on and |
14 |
| after January
1, 1998 and on or before December 31, 2000.
A |
15 |
| penalty of 20% of the tax shown on the return or the tax |
16 |
| required to be
shown due on the return shall be imposed for |
17 |
| failure to
pay:
|
18 |
| (1) the tax shown due on the return on or before the |
19 |
| due date prescribed
for payment of that tax, an amount of |
20 |
| underpayment of estimated tax, or an
amount that is |
21 |
| reported in an amended return other than an amended return
|
22 |
| timely filed as required by subsection (b) of Section 506 |
23 |
| of the Illinois
Income Tax Act (penalty for late payment or |
24 |
| nonpayment of admitted liability);
or
|
25 |
| (2) the full amount of any tax required to be shown due |
26 |
| on a
return and which is not shown (penalty for late |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 128 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| payment or nonpayment of
additional liability), within 30 |
2 |
| days after a notice of arithmetic error,
notice and demand, |
3 |
| or a final assessment is issued by the Department.
In the |
4 |
| case of a final assessment arising following a protest and |
5 |
| hearing,
the 30-day period shall not begin until all |
6 |
| proceedings in court for review of
the final assessment |
7 |
| have terminated or the period for obtaining a review has
|
8 |
| expired without proceedings for a review having been |
9 |
| instituted. In the case
of a notice of tax liability that |
10 |
| becomes a final assessment without a protest
and hearing, |
11 |
| the penalty provided in this paragraph (2) shall be imposed |
12 |
| at the
expiration of the period provided for the filing of |
13 |
| a protest.
|
14 |
| (b-10) This subsection (b-10) is applicable to returns due |
15 |
| on and after
January 1, 2001 and on or before December 31, |
16 |
| 2003. A penalty shall be
imposed for failure to pay:
|
17 |
| (1) the tax shown due on a return on or before the due |
18 |
| date prescribed for
payment of that tax, an amount of |
19 |
| underpayment of estimated tax, or an amount
that is |
20 |
| reported in an amended return other than an amended return |
21 |
| timely filed
as required by subsection (b) of Section 506 |
22 |
| of the Illinois Income Tax Act
(penalty for late payment or |
23 |
| nonpayment of admitted liability). The amount of
penalty |
24 |
| imposed under this subsection (b-10)(1) shall be 2% of any |
25 |
| amount that
is paid no later than 30 days after the due |
26 |
| date, 5% of any amount that is
paid later than 30 days |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 129 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| after the due date and not later than 90 days after
the due |
2 |
| date, 10% of any amount that is paid later than 90 days |
3 |
| after the due
date and not later than 180 days after the |
4 |
| due date, and 15% of any amount that
is paid later than 180 |
5 |
| days after the
due date.
If notice and demand is made for |
6 |
| the payment of any amount of tax due and if
the amount due |
7 |
| is paid within 30 days after the date of the notice and |
8 |
| demand,
then the penalty for late payment or nonpayment of |
9 |
| admitted liability under
this subsection (b-10)(1) on the |
10 |
| amount so paid shall not accrue for the period
after the |
11 |
| date of the notice and demand.
|
12 |
| (2) the full amount of any tax required to be shown due |
13 |
| on a return and
that is not shown (penalty for late payment |
14 |
| or nonpayment of additional
liability), within 30 days |
15 |
| after a notice of arithmetic error, notice and
demand, or a |
16 |
| final assessment is issued by the Department. In the case |
17 |
| of a
final assessment arising following a protest and |
18 |
| hearing, the 30-day period
shall not begin until all |
19 |
| proceedings in court for review of the final
assessment |
20 |
| have terminated or the period for obtaining a review has |
21 |
| expired
without proceedings for a review having been |
22 |
| instituted. The amount of penalty
imposed under this |
23 |
| subsection (b-10)(2) shall be 20% of any amount that is not
|
24 |
| paid within the 30-day period. In the case of a notice of |
25 |
| tax liability that
becomes a final assessment without a |
26 |
| protest and hearing, the penalty provided
in this |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 130 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| subsection (b-10)(2) shall be imposed at the expiration of |
2 |
| the period
provided for the filing of a protest.
|
3 |
| (b-15) This subsection (b-15) is applicable to returns due |
4 |
| on and after
January 1, 2004 and on or before December 31, |
5 |
| 2004. A penalty shall be imposed for failure to pay the tax |
6 |
| shown due or
required to be shown due on a return on or before |
7 |
| the due date prescribed for
payment of that tax, an amount of |
8 |
| underpayment of estimated tax, or an amount
that is reported in |
9 |
| an amended return other than an amended return timely filed
as |
10 |
| required by subsection (b) of Section 506 of the Illinois |
11 |
| Income Tax Act
(penalty for late payment or nonpayment of |
12 |
| admitted liability). The amount of
penalty imposed under this |
13 |
| subsection (b-15)(1) shall be 2% of any amount that
is paid no |
14 |
| later than 30 days after the due date, 10% of any amount that |
15 |
| is
paid later than 30 days after the due date and not later |
16 |
| than 90 days after the
due date, 15% of any amount that is paid |
17 |
| later than 90 days after the due date
and not later than 180 |
18 |
| days after the due date, and 20% of any amount that is
paid |
19 |
| later than 180 days after the due date. If notice and demand is |
20 |
| made for
the payment of any amount of tax due and if the amount |
21 |
| due is paid within 30
days after the date of this notice and |
22 |
| demand, then the penalty for late
payment or nonpayment of |
23 |
| admitted liability under this subsection (b-15)(1) on
the |
24 |
| amount so paid shall not accrue for the period after the date |
25 |
| of the notice
and demand.
|
26 |
| (b-20) This subsection (b-20) is applicable to returns due |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 131 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| on and after January 1, 2005. |
2 |
| (1) A penalty shall be imposed for failure to pay, |
3 |
| prior to the due date for payment, any amount of tax the |
4 |
| payment of which is required to be made prior to the filing |
5 |
| of a return or without a return (penalty for late payment |
6 |
| or nonpayment of estimated or accelerated tax). The amount |
7 |
| of penalty imposed under this paragraph (1) shall be 2% of |
8 |
| any amount that is paid no later than 30 days after the due |
9 |
| date and 10% of any amount that is paid later than 30 days |
10 |
| after the due date. |
11 |
| (2) A penalty shall be imposed for failure to pay the |
12 |
| tax shown due or required to be shown due on a return on or |
13 |
| before the due date prescribed for payment of that tax or |
14 |
| an amount that is reported in an amended return other than |
15 |
| an amended return timely filed as required by subsection |
16 |
| (b) of Section 506 of the Illinois Income Tax Act (penalty |
17 |
| for late payment or nonpayment of tax). The amount of |
18 |
| penalty imposed under this paragraph (2) shall be 2% of any |
19 |
| amount that is paid no later than 30 days after the due |
20 |
| date, 10% of any amount that is paid later than 30 days |
21 |
| after the due date and prior to the date the Department has |
22 |
| initiated an audit or investigation of the taxpayer, and |
23 |
| 20% of any amount that is paid after the date the |
24 |
| Department has initiated an audit or investigation of the |
25 |
| taxpayer; provided that the penalty shall be reduced to 15% |
26 |
| if the entire amount due is paid not later than 30 days |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 132 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| after the Department has provided the taxpayer with an |
2 |
| amended return (following completion of an occupation, |
3 |
| use, or excise tax audit) or a form for waiver of |
4 |
| restrictions on assessment (following completion of an |
5 |
| income tax or gross receipts tax audit); provided further |
6 |
| that the reduction to 15% shall be rescinded if the |
7 |
| taxpayer makes any claim for refund or credit of the tax, |
8 |
| penalties, or interest determined to be due upon audit, |
9 |
| except in the case of a claim filed pursuant to subsection |
10 |
| (b) of Section 506 of the Illinois Income Tax Act or to |
11 |
| claim a carryover of a loss or credit, the availability of |
12 |
| which was not determined in the audit. For purposes of this |
13 |
| paragraph (2), any overpayment reported on an original |
14 |
| return that has been allowed as a refund or credit to the |
15 |
| taxpayer shall be deemed to have not been paid on or before |
16 |
| the due date for payment and any amount paid under protest |
17 |
| pursuant to the provisions of the State Officers and |
18 |
| Employees Money Disposition Act shall be deemed to have |
19 |
| been paid after the Department has initiated an audit and |
20 |
| more than 30 days after the Department has provided the |
21 |
| taxpayer with an amended return (following completion of an |
22 |
| occupation, use, or excise tax audit) or a form for waiver |
23 |
| of restrictions on assessment (following completion of an |
24 |
| income tax or gross receipts tax audit). |
25 |
| (3) The penalty imposed under this subsection (b-20) |
26 |
| shall be deemed assessed at the time the tax upon which the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 133 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| penalty is computed is assessed, except that, if the |
2 |
| reduction of the penalty imposed under paragraph (2) of |
3 |
| this subsection (b-20) to 15% is rescinded because a claim |
4 |
| for refund or credit has been filed, the increase in |
5 |
| penalty shall be deemed assessed at the time the claim for |
6 |
| refund or credit is filed.
|
7 |
| (c) For purposes of the late payment penalties, the basis |
8 |
| of the penalty
shall be the tax shown or required to be shown |
9 |
| on a return, whichever is
applicable, reduced by any part of |
10 |
| the tax which is paid on time and by any
credit which was |
11 |
| properly allowable on the date the return was required to
be |
12 |
| filed.
|
13 |
| (d) A penalty shall be applied to the tax required to be |
14 |
| shown even if
that amount is less than the tax shown on the |
15 |
| return.
|
16 |
| (e) This subsection (e) is applicable to returns due before |
17 |
| January 1,
2001.
If both a subsection (b)(1) or (b-5)(1) |
18 |
| penalty and a subsection (b)(2)
or (b-5)(2) penalty are |
19 |
| assessed against the same return, the subsection
(b)(2) or |
20 |
| (b-5)(2) penalty shall
be assessed against only the additional |
21 |
| tax found to be due.
|
22 |
| (e-5) This subsection (e-5) is applicable to returns due on |
23 |
| and after
January 1, 2001.
If both a subsection (b-10)(1) |
24 |
| penalty and a subsection
(b-10)(2) penalty are assessed against |
25 |
| the same return,
the subsection (b-10)(2) penalty shall be |
26 |
| assessed against
only the additional tax found to be due.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 134 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (f) If the taxpayer has failed to file the return, the |
2 |
| Department shall
determine the correct tax according to its |
3 |
| best judgment and information,
which amount shall be prima |
4 |
| facie evidence of the correctness of the tax due.
|
5 |
| (g) The time within which to file a return or pay an amount |
6 |
| of tax due
without imposition of a penalty does not extend the |
7 |
| time within which to
file a protest to a notice of tax |
8 |
| liability or a notice of deficiency.
|
9 |
| (h) No return shall be determined to be unprocessable |
10 |
| because of the
omission of any information requested on the |
11 |
| return pursuant to Section
2505-575
of the Department of |
12 |
| Revenue Law (20 ILCS 2505/2505-575).
|
13 |
| (i) If a taxpayer has a tax liability that is eligible for |
14 |
| amnesty under the
Tax Delinquency Amnesty Act and the taxpayer |
15 |
| fails to satisfy the tax liability
during the amnesty period |
16 |
| provided for in that Act, then the penalty imposed by
the |
17 |
| Department under this Section shall be imposed in an amount |
18 |
| that is 200% of
the amount that would otherwise be imposed |
19 |
| under this Section.
|
20 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-742, eff. 7-25-02; 93-26, eff. 6-20-03; 93-32, |
21 |
| eff. 6-20-03; 93-1068, eff. 1-15-05.)
|
22 |
| ARTICLE 93. |
23 |
| Section 93-5. The School Code is amended by changing |
24 |
| Sections 1A-4, 10-20.20, 14-13.01, 17-1.5, 18-8.05, 18-17, |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 135 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| 21-27, and 27A-4 and adding Sections 2-3.25p, 2-3.53b, 2-3.142, |
2 |
| 2-3.143, 2-3.144, 2-3.145, and 22-45 as follows:
|
3 |
| (105 ILCS 5/1A-4) (from Ch. 122, par. 1A-4)
|
4 |
| Sec. 1A-4. Powers and duties of the Board.
|
5 |
| A. (Blank).
|
6 |
| B. The Board shall determine the qualifications of and |
7 |
| appoint a
chief education officer, to be known as the State |
8 |
| Superintendent of
Education, who may be proposed by the |
9 |
| Governor and who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and |
10 |
| pursuant to a
performance-based contract linked to statewide |
11 |
| student performance and academic
improvement within Illinois |
12 |
| schools. Upon expiration or buyout of the contract of the State |
13 |
| Superintendent of Education in office on the effective date of |
14 |
| this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, a State |
15 |
| Superintendent of Education shall be appointed by a State Board |
16 |
| of Education that includes the 7 new Board members who were |
17 |
| appointed to fill seats of members whose terms were terminated |
18 |
| on the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd |
19 |
| General Assembly. Thereafter, a State Superintendent of |
20 |
| Education must, at a minimum, be appointed at the beginning of |
21 |
| each term of a Governor after that Governor has made |
22 |
| appointments to the Board. A performance-based
contract issued |
23 |
| for the employment of a State Superintendent of
Education |
24 |
| entered into on or after the effective date of this amendatory |
25 |
| Act of the 93rd General Assembly must expire no later than |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 136 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| February 1, 2007, and subsequent contracts must expire no later |
2 |
| than February 1 each 4 years thereafter. No contract
shall be
|
3 |
| extended or renewed beyond February 1, 2007 and February 1 each |
4 |
| 4 years thereafter, but a State Superintendent of Education |
5 |
| shall serve until his or her successor is appointed. Each |
6 |
| contract entered into on or before January 8, 2007 with a State |
7 |
| Superintendent of Education must provide that the State Board |
8 |
| of Education may terminate the contract for cause, and the |
9 |
| State Board of Education shall not thereafter be liable for |
10 |
| further payments under the contract. With regard to this |
11 |
| amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, it is the intent |
12 |
| of the General Assembly that, beginning with the Governor who |
13 |
| takes office on the second Monday of January, 2007, a State |
14 |
| Superintendent of Education be appointed at the beginning of |
15 |
| each term of a Governor after that Governor has made |
16 |
| appointments to the Board. The State
Superintendent of |
17 |
| Education shall not serve as a member of the State
Board of |
18 |
| Education. The Board shall set the compensation of the State
|
19 |
| Superintendent of Education who shall serve as the Board's |
20 |
| chief
executive officer. The Board shall also establish the |
21 |
| duties, powers and
responsibilities of the State |
22 |
| Superintendent, which shall be included in the
State |
23 |
| Superintendent's performance-based contract along with the |
24 |
| goals and
indicators of student performance and academic |
25 |
| improvement used to measure the
performance and effectiveness |
26 |
| of the State Superintendent.
The State Board of Education may |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 137 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| delegate
to the State Superintendent of Education the authority |
2 |
| to act on the Board's
behalf, provided such delegation is made |
3 |
| pursuant to adopted board policy
or the powers delegated are |
4 |
| ministerial in nature. The State Board may
not delegate |
5 |
| authority under this Section to the State Superintendent to
(1) |
6 |
| nonrecognize school districts, (2) withhold State payments as a |
7 |
| penalty,
or (3) make final decisions under the contested case |
8 |
| provisions of the Illinois
Administrative Procedure Act unless |
9 |
| otherwise provided by law.
|
10 |
| C. The powers and duties of the State Board of Education |
11 |
| shall encompass all
duties delegated to the Office of |
12 |
| Superintendent of Public Instruction on
January 12, 1975, |
13 |
| except as the law providing for such powers and duties is
|
14 |
| thereafter amended, and such other powers and duties as the |
15 |
| General Assembly
shall designate. The Board shall be |
16 |
| responsible for the educational policies
and guidelines for |
17 |
| public schools, pre-school through grade
12 and Vocational |
18 |
| Education in the State of Illinois. The Board shall
analyze the |
19 |
| present and future aims, needs, and requirements of
education |
20 |
| in the State of Illinois and recommend to the General Assembly
|
21 |
| the powers which should be exercised by the Board. The Board |
22 |
| shall
recommend the passage and the legislation necessary to |
23 |
| determine the
appropriate relationship between the Board and |
24 |
| local boards of education
and the various State agencies and |
25 |
| shall recommend desirable
modifications in the laws which |
26 |
| affect schools.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 138 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| D. Two members of the Board shall be appointed by the |
2 |
| chairperson
to serve on a standing joint Education Committee, 2 |
3 |
| others shall be
appointed from the Board of Higher Education, 2
|
4 |
| others shall be appointed by the chairperson of the
Illinois |
5 |
| Community College Board, and 2 others shall be appointed by the
|
6 |
| chairperson of the Human Resource Investment Council. The
|
7 |
| Committee shall be
responsible for making recommendations |
8 |
| concerning the submission of any
workforce development plan or |
9 |
| workforce training program required by federal
law or under any |
10 |
| block grant authority. The Committee will be
responsible for |
11 |
| developing policy on matters of mutual concern to
elementary, |
12 |
| secondary and higher education such as Occupational and
Career |
13 |
| Education, Teacher Preparation and Certification, Educational
|
14 |
| Finance, Articulation between Elementary, Secondary and Higher |
15 |
| Education
and Research and Planning. The joint Education |
16 |
| Committee shall meet at
least quarterly and submit an annual |
17 |
| report of its findings,
conclusions, and recommendations to the |
18 |
| State Board of Education, the Board of
Higher Education, the |
19 |
| Illinois Community College Board,
the Human Resource |
20 |
| Investment Council, the Governor, and the
General
Assembly. All |
21 |
| meetings of this Committee shall be official meetings for
|
22 |
| reimbursement under this Act. On the effective date of this |
23 |
| amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly, the Joint |
24 |
| Education Committee is abolished.
|
25 |
| E. Five members of the Board shall constitute a quorum. A
|
26 |
| majority
vote of the members appointed, confirmed and serving |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 139 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| on the Board is
required to approve any action, except that the |
2 |
| 7 new Board members who were appointed to fill seats of members |
3 |
| whose terms were terminated on the effective date of this |
4 |
| amendatory act of the 93rd General Assembly may vote to approve |
5 |
| actions when appointed and serving.
|
6 |
| The Board shall prepare and submit to the General Assembly |
7 |
| and the
Governor on or before January 14, 1976 and annually |
8 |
| thereafter a report
or reports of its findings and |
9 |
| recommendations. Such annual report shall
contain a separate |
10 |
| section which provides a critique and analysis of the
status of |
11 |
| education in Illinois and which identifies its specific |
12 |
| problems
and recommends express solutions therefor.
Such |
13 |
| annual report also shall contain the following information for |
14 |
| the
preceding year ending on June 30: each act or omission of a |
15 |
| school district
of which the State Board of Education has |
16 |
| knowledge as a consequence of
scheduled, approved visits and |
17 |
| which constituted a
failure by the district to comply with |
18 |
| applicable State or federal laws or
regulations relating to |
19 |
| public education, the name of such district, the date
or dates |
20 |
| on which the State Board of Education notified the school |
21 |
| district of
such act or omission, and what action, if any, the |
22 |
| school district took with
respect thereto after being notified |
23 |
| thereof by the State Board of Education.
The report shall also |
24 |
| include the statewide high school dropout rate by
grade level, |
25 |
| sex and race and the annual student dropout rate of and the
|
26 |
| number of students who graduate from, transfer from or |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 140 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| otherwise leave
bilingual programs. The Auditor General shall |
2 |
| annually perform a
compliance audit of the State Board of |
3 |
| Education's performance of the
reporting duty imposed by this |
4 |
| amendatory Act of 1986. A regular system of
communication with |
5 |
| other directly related State agencies shall be
implemented.
|
6 |
| The requirement for reporting to the General Assembly shall |
7 |
| be satisfied
by filing copies of the report with the Speaker, |
8 |
| the Minority Leader and
the Clerk of the House of |
9 |
| Representatives and the President, the Minority
Leader and the |
10 |
| Secretary of the Senate and the Legislative Council, as |
11 |
| required
by Section 3.1 of the General
Assembly Organization |
12 |
| Act, and
filing such additional
copies with the State |
13 |
| Government Report Distribution Center for the General
Assembly |
14 |
| as is required under paragraph (t) of Section 7 of the State |
15 |
| Library
Act.
|
16 |
| F. Upon appointment of the 7 new Board members who were |
17 |
| appointed to fill seats of members whose terms were terminated |
18 |
| on the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd |
19 |
| General Assembly, the Board shall review all of its current |
20 |
| rules in an effort to streamline procedures, improve |
21 |
| efficiency, and eliminate unnecessary forms and paperwork.
|
22 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-1036, eff. 9-14-04.)
|
23 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.25p new) |
24 |
| Sec. 2-3.25p. Targeted intervention strategies. |
25 |
| (a) The State Board of Education is authorized to make |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 141 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| rules necessary to define and implement strategies to support |
2 |
| school districts. Moneys appropriated under this Section must |
3 |
| be used to undertake targeted interventions in eligible schools |
4 |
| to improve student achievement. |
5 |
| (b) School districts with schools that remain on academic |
6 |
| watch status after a third annual calculation are eligible to |
7 |
| participate in targeted intervention strategies. The State |
8 |
| Board of Education shall select participating schools through a |
9 |
| prioritization process that considers the following, in |
10 |
| addition to other factors defined by Board rule: |
11 |
| (1) the number of years the school has remained in |
12 |
| academic watch status; and |
13 |
| (2) the overall percentage of students in the school |
14 |
| with State assessment scores demonstrating proficiency. |
15 |
| (c) The State Board of Education shall provide school |
16 |
| districts with schools eligible to participate the opportunity |
17 |
| to accept or decline participation in targeted intervention |
18 |
| strategies designed in cooperation with the school district, |
19 |
| the State Board of Education, and a designated State |
20 |
| Intervention Team. |
21 |
| (d) If a school district with schools eligible to |
22 |
| participate in an intervention strategy declines |
23 |
| participation, then that school district must demonstrate |
24 |
| academic improvement within the eligible schools over a 2-year |
25 |
| period as measured by the State Board of Education. If a school |
26 |
| district cannot demonstrate such improvement, the State Board |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 142 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| of Education is authorized to take actions as set forth in |
2 |
| subsection (b) of Section 2-3.25f of this Code. |
3 |
| (e) State Intervention Teams established under this |
4 |
| Section shall work with school districts to identify other |
5 |
| State, federal, and local funds that may be used to carry out |
6 |
| targeted intervention strategies as identified in the targeted |
7 |
| intervention plan developed under this Section. |
8 |
| (f) Subject to appropriation, the State Board of Education |
9 |
| shall make funds available to school districts implementing |
10 |
| targeted intervention strategies as identified in the targeted |
11 |
| intervention plan developed under this Section. |
12 |
| (g) A school district participating in targeted |
13 |
| intervention strategies shall be assigned a State Intervention |
14 |
| Team, assembled by the State Board of Education, that includes |
15 |
| an academic improvement specialist appointed by the State Board |
16 |
| of Education and representatives from various State agencies, |
17 |
| including, as appropriate, the Department of Human Services, |
18 |
| the Department of Healthcare and Family Services, the |
19 |
| Department of State Police, and the Department of Children and |
20 |
| Family Services, among others. |
21 |
| (h) A State Intervention Team shall cooperate with |
22 |
| representatives of the participating school district, which |
23 |
| may include the school board, district superintendent, school |
24 |
| administration, school professional staff, school parents, and |
25 |
| the school community. |
26 |
| (i) In cooperation with the other members of the State |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 143 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Intervention Team and those entities listed in subsection (h) |
2 |
| of this Section, the academic improvement specialist shall |
3 |
| develop a targeted intervention plan in accordance with rules |
4 |
| adopted by the State Board of Education. |
5 |
| (j) The targeted intervention plan must be completed within |
6 |
| 60 days after the designation of the academic improvement |
7 |
| specialist and formation of the rest of the State Intervention |
8 |
| Team and must be filed with the State Board of Education. |
9 |
| (1) The academic improvement specialist is responsible |
10 |
| for creating the plan, in consultation with the other |
11 |
| members of the State Intervention Team. |
12 |
| (2) The academic improvement specialist shall attempt |
13 |
| to reach consensus on the plan with representatives from |
14 |
| the school district. |
15 |
| (k) The targeted intervention plan developed under this |
16 |
| Section may include the following, among other appropriate |
17 |
| strategies for school improvement: |
18 |
| (1) A plan for school participation in an extended |
19 |
| school year or summer school services or both for |
20 |
| low-achieving students. |
21 |
| (2) A plan to implement after-school tutoring and |
22 |
| alternative enrichment activities for low-achieving |
23 |
| students. |
24 |
| (3) A plan to increase the integration of technology in |
25 |
| classroom instruction and the use of technology to |
26 |
| encourage parental and community involvement. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 144 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (4) Improvements to services made available to |
2 |
| students, parents, and guardians through the school |
3 |
| library. |
4 |
| (5) Professional development opportunities available |
5 |
| to school and district administrators and teachers. |
6 |
| (6) Improvements to school curriculum and school |
7 |
| materials, including textbooks, software, and other |
8 |
| technology. |
9 |
| (l) The targeted intervention plan developed under this |
10 |
| Section shall cover a minimum of 2 school years and must |
11 |
| identify strategies for academic improvement that can be |
12 |
| sustained by the school district in subsequent years. |
13 |
| (m) The academic improvement specialist, in cooperation |
14 |
| with the State Board of Education, shall assess the |
15 |
| participating schools' progress throughout the course of the |
16 |
| intervention period, including the participating schools' |
17 |
| capacity to sustain academic improvement without participation |
18 |
| in the program. |
19 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.53b new) |
20 |
| Sec. 2-3.53b. New superintendent mentoring program. |
21 |
| (a) Beginning on July 1, 2008 and subject to an annual |
22 |
| appropriation by the General Assembly, to establish a new |
23 |
| superintendent mentoring program for new superintendents. Any |
24 |
| individual who begins serving as a superintendent in this State |
25 |
| on or after July 1, 2008 and has not previously served as a |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 145 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| school district superintendent in this State shall participate |
2 |
| in the new superintendent mentoring program for the duration of |
3 |
| his or her first 2 school years as a superintendent and must |
4 |
| complete the program in accordance with the requirements |
5 |
| established by the State Board of Education by rule. The new |
6 |
| superintendent mentoring program shall match an experienced |
7 |
| superintendent who meets the requirements of subsection (b) of |
8 |
| this Section with each new superintendent in his or her first 2 |
9 |
| school years in that position in order to assist the new |
10 |
| superintendent in the development of his or her professional |
11 |
| growth and to provide guidance during the new superintendent's |
12 |
| first 2 school years of service. |
13 |
| (b) Any individual who has actively served as a school |
14 |
| district superintendent in this State for 3 or more years and |
15 |
| who has demonstrated success as an instructional leader, as |
16 |
| determined by the State Board of Education by rule, is eligible |
17 |
| to apply to be a mentor under the new superintendent mentoring |
18 |
| program. Mentors shall complete mentoring training through a |
19 |
| provider selected by the State Board of Education and shall |
20 |
| meet any other requirements set forth by the State Board and by |
21 |
| the school district employing the mentor. |
22 |
| (c) Under the new superintendent mentoring program, a |
23 |
| provider selected by the State Board of Education shall assign |
24 |
| a mentor to a new superintendent based on (i) similarity of |
25 |
| grade level or type of school district, (ii) learning needs of |
26 |
| the new superintendent, and (iii) geographical proximity of the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 146 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| mentor to the new superintendent. The new superintendent, in |
2 |
| collaboration with the mentor, shall identify areas for |
3 |
| improvement of the new superintendent's professional growth, |
4 |
| including, but not limited to, each of the following: |
5 |
| (1) Analyzing data and applying it to practice. |
6 |
| (2) Aligning professional development and |
7 |
| instructional programs. |
8 |
| (3) Building a professional learning community. |
9 |
| (4) Effective school board relations. |
10 |
| (5) Facilitating effective meetings. |
11 |
| (6) Developing distributive leadership practices. |
12 |
| (7) Facilitating organizational change. |
13 |
| The mentor must not be required to provide an evaluation of |
14 |
| the new superintendent on the basis of the mentoring |
15 |
| relationship. |
16 |
| (d) From January 1, 2009 until May 15, 2009 and from |
17 |
| January 1 until May 15 each year thereafter, each mentor and |
18 |
| each new superintendent shall complete a survey of progress of |
19 |
| the new superintendent on a form developed by the school |
20 |
| district. On or before September 1, 2009 and on or before |
21 |
| September 1 of each year thereafter, the provider selected by |
22 |
| the State Board of Education shall submit a detailed annual |
23 |
| report to the State Board of how the appropriation for the new |
24 |
| superintendent mentoring program was spent, details on each |
25 |
| mentor-mentee relationship, and a qualitative evaluation of |
26 |
| the outcomes. The provider shall develop a verification form |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 147 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| that each new superintendent and his or her mentor must |
2 |
| complete and submit to the provider to certify completion of |
3 |
| each year of the new superintendent mentoring program by July |
4 |
| 15 immediately following the school year just completed. |
5 |
| (e) The requirements of this Section do not apply to any |
6 |
| individual who has previously served as an assistant |
7 |
| superintendent in a school district in this State acting under |
8 |
| an administrative certificate for 5 or more years and who, on |
9 |
| or after July 1, 2008, begins serving as a superintendent in |
10 |
| the school district where he or she had served as an assistant |
11 |
| superintendent immediately prior to being named |
12 |
| superintendent, although such an individual may choose to |
13 |
| participate in the new superintendent mentoring program or may |
14 |
| be required to participate by the school district. The |
15 |
| requirements of this Section do not apply to any superintendent |
16 |
| or chief executive officer of a school district organized under |
17 |
| Article 34 of this Code. |
18 |
| (f) The State Board may adopt any rules that are necessary |
19 |
| for the implementation of this Section.
|
20 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.142 new) |
21 |
| Sec. 2-3.142. Teacher and school leadership preparation. |
22 |
| The State Board of Education shall comply with Section 9.33 of |
23 |
| the Board of Higher Education Act. The State Board may adopt |
24 |
| any rules that are necessary to carry out its responsibilities |
25 |
| under Section 9.33 of the Board of Higher Education Act. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 148 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.143 new) |
2 |
| Sec. 2-3.143. Rural Learning Initiative. |
3 |
| (a) Subject to appropriation, the State Board of Education |
4 |
| shall by rule establish a Rural Learning Initiative to upgrade |
5 |
| computer lab facilities and associated components, upgrade |
6 |
| classroom materials, and fund professional development. |
7 |
| (b) The State Board of Education shall select the |
8 |
| participating school districts and schools based on each |
9 |
| district's or school's need. In selecting participants, the |
10 |
| State Board shall consider all of the following criteria: |
11 |
| (1) The district's size, student population, and |
12 |
| location. |
13 |
| (2) Documented teacher shortages in critical areas for |
14 |
| which teaching and learning could be provided by access to |
15 |
| the Illinois Virtual High School. |
16 |
| (3) Limited access to advanced placement courses. |
17 |
| (4) Low rates of satisfactory performance on |
18 |
| assessment instruments under Section 2-3.64 of this Code. |
19 |
| (5) The methods the district or school will use to |
20 |
| measure the outcomes of the grant in the district or |
21 |
| school. |
22 |
| (6) Whether the district or school has limited system |
23 |
| capabilities, resource needs, and professional development |
24 |
| support. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 149 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.144 new) |
2 |
| Sec. 2-3.144. Small school support grant pilot program.
|
3 |
| (a) Subject to appropriation, by the beginning of the |
4 |
| 2007-2008 school year or as soon as possible thereafter, the |
5 |
| State Board of Education shall by rule establish a small school |
6 |
| support grant pilot program to provide grants to school |
7 |
| districts with at least one school that meets the criteria |
8 |
| outlined in this Section and enable those districts to create |
9 |
| small school projects serving no more than 500 students. The |
10 |
| small school support grant pilot program is subject to |
11 |
| appropriation. |
12 |
| (b) School districts selected to receive funds under this |
13 |
| Section shall create a small school community within a school |
14 |
| that is separate from the school's larger student body. |
15 |
| (c) Grants under this Section shall be awarded pursuant to |
16 |
| application to the State Board of Education. The form and |
17 |
| manner of applications and the criteria for the award of grants |
18 |
| shall be prescribed by the State Board of Education. Any school |
19 |
| district with at least one school with an enrollment that |
20 |
| exceeds 2,000 students or an enrollment at any grade level of |
21 |
| 500 or more students may apply for grant funds. |
22 |
| (d) In year one, a maximum of 25 eligible school districts |
23 |
| may receive grants under this Section to fund activities |
24 |
| related to planning their small school projects, and no one |
25 |
| grant may exceed $250,000. |
26 |
| If a district receiving year-one planning funds is approved |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 150 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| to proceed and implement a small school project, then the |
2 |
| district may qualify for 4-year, $1,000 per pupil |
3 |
| implementation funds to fund the costs of implementing the |
4 |
| small school project, including additional staff, |
5 |
| administrative, and other operational expenses associated with |
6 |
| offering a small school project. Prior to approving |
7 |
| implementation funds, the State Board of Education may require |
8 |
| districts to submit planning phase progress reports, which may |
9 |
| include, among other information, the school enrollment |
10 |
| policy, the school administration's objectives, assessment |
11 |
| tools used to track student progress, and both a community and |
12 |
| parental participation plan. School districts participating in |
13 |
| the program must provide quarterly progress reports to the |
14 |
| State Board of Education based on Board rule. The State Board |
15 |
| of Education is authorized to evaluate schools participating in |
16 |
| the program to determine the effectiveness of the program on |
17 |
| educational outcomes. |
18 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.145 new)
|
19 |
| Sec. 2-3.145. Expansion of full-day kindergarten. Subject |
20 |
| to appropriation, there is created a program of assistance to |
21 |
| school districts in order to expand half-day kindergarten to |
22 |
| full-day kindergarten. The State Board of Education shall |
23 |
| administer this program, whereby school districts are selected |
24 |
| to receive grants, after submission to the State Board of a |
25 |
| completed application by a deadline established by the State |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 151 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Superintendent of Education, in descending order according to a |
2 |
| district's low-income concentration level, as that term is |
3 |
| defined in subsection (H) of paragraph (1.10) of Section |
4 |
| 18-8.05 of this Code, as long as funds appropriated for a given |
5 |
| fiscal year remain available. The program shall provide for |
6 |
| grants of only one fiscal year, and a district may receive such |
7 |
| a grant only once. The amount of grant funds a recipient |
8 |
| district is awarded shall equal 50% of the State share of the |
9 |
| foundation level of support under Section 18-8.05 of this Code |
10 |
| for the current school year multiplied by the number of |
11 |
| half-day kindergarten students in the district at the time the |
12 |
| district submits its application. The grant funds must be used |
13 |
| for operational, not capital development, purposes. A grant |
14 |
| recipient must focus on integrating full-day kindergarten into |
15 |
| the district's core offerings. The State Board shall adopt such |
16 |
| rules as may be necessary for the implementation of this |
17 |
| Section, including the application procedures and requirements |
18 |
| for receipt of the grant funds and the proper use of grant |
19 |
| funds.
|
20 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-20.20) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-20.20)
|
21 |
| Sec. 10-20.20. Protection from suit. )
To indemnify and |
22 |
| protect school districts, members of school boards, employees,
|
23 |
| volunteer personnel authorized in Sections 10-22.34, 10-22.34a |
24 |
| and
10-22.34b of this Code , mentors of certified staff as |
25 |
| authorized in Article 21A and Sections 2-3.53a, 2-3.53b, and |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 152 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| 34-18.33 of this Code,
and student teachers against civil |
2 |
| rights damage claims and
suits, constitutional rights damage |
3 |
| claims and suits and death and bodily
injury and property |
4 |
| damage claims and suits, including defense thereof,
when |
5 |
| damages are sought for negligent or wrongful acts alleged to |
6 |
| have been
committed in the scope of employment or under the |
7 |
| direction of the board or related to any mentoring services |
8 |
| provided to certified staff of the school district .
Such |
9 |
| indemnification and protection shall extend to persons who were
|
10 |
| members of school boards, employees of school boards,
|
11 |
| authorized volunteer personnel , mentors of certified staff, or |
12 |
| student teachers at
the time of the incident from which a claim |
13 |
| arises.
No agent may be afforded
indemnification or protection |
14 |
| unless he was a member of a school board, an
employee of a |
15 |
| board,
an authorized volunteer , a mentor of certified staff,
or |
16 |
| a student teacher at the time of the incident from
which the |
17 |
| claim arises.
|
18 |
| (Source: P.A. 79-210.)
|
19 |
| (105 ILCS 5/14-13.01) (from Ch. 122, par. 14-13.01)
|
20 |
| Sec. 14-13.01. Reimbursement payable by State; Amounts. |
21 |
| Reimbursement for furnishing special educational facilities in |
22 |
| a
recognized school to the type of children defined in Section |
23 |
| 14-1.02
shall be paid to the school districts in accordance |
24 |
| with Section 14-12.01
for each school year ending June 30 by |
25 |
| the State Comptroller out of any money
in the treasury |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 153 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| appropriated for such purposes on the presentation of vouchers
|
2 |
| by the State Board of Education.
|
3 |
| The reimbursement shall be limited to funds expended for |
4 |
| construction
and maintenance of special education facilities |
5 |
| designed and utilized to
house instructional programs, |
6 |
| diagnostic services, other special
education services for |
7 |
| children with disabilities and
reimbursement as
provided in |
8 |
| Section 14-13.01. There shall be no reimbursement for
|
9 |
| construction and maintenance of any administrative facility |
10 |
| separated
from special education facilities designed and |
11 |
| utilized to house
instructional programs, diagnostic services |
12 |
| and other special education
services for children with |
13 |
| disabilities.
|
14 |
| (a) For children who have not been identified as eligible |
15 |
| for special
education and for eligible children with physical
|
16 |
| disabilities, including all
eligible children whose placement |
17 |
| has been determined under Section 14-8.02 in
hospital or home |
18 |
| instruction, 1/2 of the teacher's salary but not more than
|
19 |
| $1,000 annually per child or $8,000 per teacher for the |
20 |
| 1985-1986 school year
through the 2005-2006 school year and |
21 |
| $1,000 per child or $13,170 per teacher for the 2006-2007 |
22 |
| school year and for each school year
and thereafter, whichever |
23 |
| is less. Children
to be included in any reimbursement under |
24 |
| this paragraph must regularly
receive a minimum of one hour of |
25 |
| instruction each school day, or in lieu
thereof of a minimum of |
26 |
| 5 hours of instruction in each school week in
order to qualify |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 154 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| for full reimbursement under this Section. If the
attending |
2 |
| physician for such a child has certified that the child should
|
3 |
| not receive as many as 5 hours of instruction in a school week, |
4 |
| however,
reimbursement under this paragraph on account of that |
5 |
| child shall be
computed proportionate to the actual hours of |
6 |
| instruction per week for
that child divided by 5.
|
7 |
| (b) For children described in Section 14-1.02, 4/5 of the |
8 |
| cost of
transportation for each such child, whom the State |
9 |
| Superintendent of
Education determined in advance requires |
10 |
| special transportation service
in order to take advantage of |
11 |
| special educational facilities.
Transportation costs shall be |
12 |
| determined in the same fashion as provided
in Section 29-5. For |
13 |
| purposes of this subsection (b), the dates for
processing |
14 |
| claims specified in Section 29-5 shall apply.
|
15 |
| (c) For each professional worker excluding those included |
16 |
| in
subparagraphs (a), (d), (e), and (f) of this Section, the |
17 |
| annual sum of
$8,000 for the 1985-1986 school year through the |
18 |
| 2005-2006 school year and $13,170 for the 2006-2007 school year |
19 |
| and for each school year
and thereafter.
|
20 |
| (d) For one full time qualified director of the special |
21 |
| education
program of each school district which maintains a |
22 |
| fully approved program
of special education the annual sum of |
23 |
| $8,000 for the 1985-1986 school
year through the 2005-2006 |
24 |
| school year and $13,170 for the 2006-2007 school year and for |
25 |
| each school year
and thereafter. Districts participating in a |
26 |
| joint agreement special
education program shall not receive |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 155 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| such reimbursement if reimbursement is made
for a director of |
2 |
| the joint agreement program.
|
3 |
| (e) For each school psychologist as defined in Section |
4 |
| 14-1.09 the
annual sum of $8,000 for the 1985-1986 school year |
5 |
| through the 2005-2006 school year and $13,170 for the 2006-2007 |
6 |
| school year and for each school year
and thereafter.
|
7 |
| (f) For each qualified teacher working in a fully approved |
8 |
| program
for children of preschool age who are deaf or |
9 |
| hard-of-hearing the annual
sum of $8,000 for the 1985-1986 |
10 |
| school year through the 2005-2006 school year and $13,170 for |
11 |
| the 2006-2007 school year and for each school year
and
|
12 |
| thereafter.
|
13 |
| (g) For readers, working with blind or partially seeing |
14 |
| children 1/2
of their salary but not more than $400 annually |
15 |
| per child. Readers may
be employed to assist such children and |
16 |
| shall not be required to be
certified but prior to employment |
17 |
| shall meet standards set up by the
State Board of Education.
|
18 |
| (h) For necessary non-certified employees working in any |
19 |
| class or
program for children defined in this Article, 1/2 of |
20 |
| the salary paid or
$2,800 annually per employee through the |
21 |
| 2005-2006 school year and $4,610 per employee for the 2006-2007 |
22 |
| school year and for each school year thereafter , whichever is |
23 |
| less.
|
24 |
| The State Board of Education shall set standards and |
25 |
| prescribe rules
for determining the allocation of |
26 |
| reimbursement under this section on
less than a full time basis |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 156 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| and for less than a school year.
|
2 |
| When any school district eligible for reimbursement under |
3 |
| this
Section operates a school or program approved by the State
|
4 |
| Superintendent of Education for a number of days in excess of |
5 |
| the
adopted school calendar but not to exceed 235 school days, |
6 |
| such
reimbursement shall be increased by 1/185 of the amount or |
7 |
| rate paid
hereunder for each day such school is operated in |
8 |
| excess of 185 days per
calendar year.
|
9 |
| Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school |
10 |
| district receiving
a payment under this Section or under |
11 |
| Section 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, or
29-5 of this Code may classify |
12 |
| all or a portion of the funds that it receives
in a particular |
13 |
| fiscal year or from general State aid pursuant to Section
|
14 |
| 18-8.05 of this Code as
funds received in connection with any |
15 |
| funding program for which it is
entitled to receive funds from |
16 |
| the State in that fiscal year (including,
without limitation, |
17 |
| any funding program referenced in this Section),
regardless of |
18 |
| the source or timing of the receipt. The district may not
|
19 |
| classify more funds as funds received in connection with the |
20 |
| funding
program than the district is entitled to receive in |
21 |
| that fiscal year for that
program. Any
classification by a |
22 |
| district must be made by a resolution of its board of
|
23 |
| education. The resolution must identify the amount of any |
24 |
| payments or
general State aid to be classified under this |
25 |
| paragraph and must specify
the funding program to which the |
26 |
| funds are to be treated as received in
connection therewith. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 157 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| This resolution is controlling as to the
classification of |
2 |
| funds referenced therein. A certified copy of the
resolution |
3 |
| must be sent to the State Superintendent of Education.
The |
4 |
| resolution shall still take effect even though a copy of the |
5 |
| resolution has
not been sent to the State
Superintendent of |
6 |
| Education in a timely manner.
No
classification under this |
7 |
| paragraph by a district shall affect the total amount
or timing |
8 |
| of money the district is entitled to receive under this Code.
|
9 |
| No classification under this paragraph by a district shall
in |
10 |
| any way relieve the district from or affect any
requirements |
11 |
| that otherwise would apply with respect to
that funding |
12 |
| program, including any
accounting of funds by source, reporting |
13 |
| expenditures by
original source and purpose,
reporting |
14 |
| requirements,
or requirements of providing services.
|
15 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-568, eff. 6-26-02; 93-1022, eff. 8-24-04.)
|
16 |
| (105 ILCS 5/17-1.5)
|
17 |
| Sec. 17-1.5. Limitation of administrative costs.
|
18 |
| (a) It is the purpose of this Section to establish |
19 |
| limitations on the growth
of administrative expenditures in |
20 |
| order to maximize the proportion of school
district resources |
21 |
| available for the instructional programs
program , building
|
22 |
| maintenance, and safety services for the students of each |
23 |
| district and to commit to ensuring district resources are |
24 |
| maximized to improve student and school achievement .
|
25 |
| (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this Section:
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 158 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| "Administrative expenditures" mean the annual expenditures |
2 |
| of
school districts properly attributable to expenditure |
3 |
| functions defined by the
rules of the State Board of Education |
4 |
| as: 2320 (Executive Administration Services);
2330 (Special |
5 |
| Area Administration Services); 2490 (Other Support Services -
|
6 |
| School Administration); 2510 (Direction of Business Support |
7 |
| Services); 2570
(Internal Services); and 2610 (Direction of |
8 |
| Central
Support Services); provided, however, that |
9 |
| "administrative expenditures" shall
not include early |
10 |
| retirement or other pension system obligations required by
|
11 |
| State law.
|
12 |
| "School district" means all school districts having a |
13 |
| population of less than
500,000.
|
14 |
| (c) For the 1998-99 school year and each school year |
15 |
| thereafter, each school
district shall undertake budgetary and |
16 |
| expenditure control actions so that the
increase in |
17 |
| administrative expenditures for that school year over the prior
|
18 |
| school year does not exceed 5%.
School districts with |
19 |
| administrative expenditures per pupil
in the 25th
percentile |
20 |
| and below for all districts of the same type,
as defined by the |
21 |
| State Board of Education,
may waive the limitation imposed |
22 |
| under this Section for any year following a
public hearing and |
23 |
| with the
affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the members |
24 |
| of the school board of
the
district. Any district waiving the |
25 |
| limitation shall notify the State Board
within 45 days of such |
26 |
| action.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 159 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (d) School districts shall file with the State Board of |
2 |
| Education by
November 15, 1998 and
by each November 15th |
3 |
| thereafter a one-page report that lists
(i) the actual
|
4 |
| administrative expenditures for
the
prior year from the |
5 |
| district's audited Annual Financial Report, and (ii) the
|
6 |
| projected administrative expenditures for the current year |
7 |
| from the budget adopted by the school board
pursuant to Section |
8 |
| 17-1 of this Code.
|
9 |
| If a school district that is ineligible to waive the |
10 |
| limitation imposed by
subsection (c) of this Section by board |
11 |
| action exceeds the limitation
solely because of circumstances |
12 |
| beyond
the control of the district and the district has |
13 |
| exhausted all available and
reasonable remedies to comply with |
14 |
| the limitation, the district may request a
waiver pursuant to |
15 |
| Section 2-3.25g. The waiver application shall specify the
|
16 |
| amount,
nature, and reason for the relief requested, as well as |
17 |
| all remedies the
district has exhausted to comply with the |
18 |
| limitation.
Any emergency relief so requested shall apply only |
19 |
| to the specific
school year for which the request is made. The |
20 |
| State Board of Education shall
analyze all such waivers |
21 |
| submitted and shall recommend that the General
Assembly |
22 |
| disapprove any such waiver requested that is not due solely to
|
23 |
| circumstances beyond the control of the district and for which |
24 |
| the district has
not exhausted all available and reasonable |
25 |
| remedies to comply with the
limitation. The State |
26 |
| Superintendent shall have
no authority to impose any sanctions |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 160 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| pursuant to this Section for any
expenditures for which a |
2 |
| waiver has been requested until such waiver has been
reviewed |
3 |
| by the General Assembly.
|
4 |
| If the report and information required
under this
|
5 |
| subsection (d) are not provided by the school district in a |
6 |
| timely
manner, or are subsequently determined by
the State |
7 |
| Superintendent of Education
to be incomplete or inaccurate, the |
8 |
| State Superintendent shall notify the
district in writing of |
9 |
| reporting deficiencies. The school district shall,
within 60 |
10 |
| days of the notice, address the reporting deficiencies |
11 |
| identified.
|
12 |
| (d-5) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, |
13 |
| for a school district receiving general State financial aid due |
14 |
| to the district under Section 18-8.05 of this Code in any |
15 |
| school year, the school district's administrative expenditures |
16 |
| may not exceed 5% for that school year.
|
17 |
| (e) If the State Superintendent determines that a school |
18 |
| district has failed
to comply with the administrative |
19 |
| expenditure limitation imposed in subsection
(c) or (d-5) of |
20 |
| this Section,
the
State Superintendent shall notify the |
21 |
| district of the violation and direct the
district to undertake |
22 |
| corrective action to bring the district's budget into
|
23 |
| compliance with the administrative expenditure limitation. The |
24 |
| district shall,
within 60 days of the notice, provide adequate |
25 |
| assurance to the State
Superintendent that appropriate |
26 |
| corrective actions have been or will be taken.
If the district |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 161 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| fails to provide adequate assurance or fails to undertake the
|
2 |
| necessary corrective actions, the State Superintendent may |
3 |
| impose progressive
sanctions against the district that may |
4 |
| culminate in withholding
all
subsequent payments of general |
5 |
| State aid due the district under Section
18-8.05 of
this Code
|
6 |
| until the assurance is provided or the corrective actions |
7 |
| taken.
|
8 |
| (f) The State Superintendent shall publish a list each year |
9 |
| of the school
districts that violate the limitation imposed by |
10 |
| subsection (c) or (d-5) of this
Section and a list of the |
11 |
| districts that waive the limitation by board
action as provided |
12 |
| in subsection (c) of this Section.
|
13 |
| (Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 1-1-98; 90-653, eff. 7-29-98.)
|
14 |
| (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
|
15 |
| (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 94-1105 )
|
16 |
| Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State |
17 |
| financial aid and
supplemental general State aid to the common |
18 |
| schools for the 1998-1999 and
subsequent school years.
|
19 |
| (A) General Provisions.
|
20 |
| (1) The provisions of this Section apply to the 1998-1999 |
21 |
| and subsequent
school years. The system of general State |
22 |
| financial aid provided for in this
Section
is designed to |
23 |
| assure that, through a combination of State financial aid and
|
24 |
| required local resources, the financial support provided each |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 162 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| pupil in Average
Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a
|
2 |
| prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This formula approach |
3 |
| imputes a level
of per pupil Available Local Resources and |
4 |
| provides for the basis to calculate
a per pupil level of |
5 |
| general State financial aid that, when added to Available
Local |
6 |
| Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level. The
amount |
7 |
| of per pupil general State financial aid for school districts, |
8 |
| in
general, varies in inverse
relation to Available Local |
9 |
| Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
each school |
10 |
| district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is defined in |
11 |
| this
Section.
|
12 |
| (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school |
13 |
| districts with
specified levels or concentrations of pupils |
14 |
| from low income households are
eligible to receive supplemental |
15 |
| general State financial aid grants as provided
pursuant to |
16 |
| subsection (H).
The supplemental State aid grants provided for |
17 |
| school districts under
subsection (H) shall be appropriated for |
18 |
| distribution to school districts as
part of the same line item |
19 |
| in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
20 |
| appropriated under this Section.
|
21 |
| (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, |
22 |
| school districts
are required to file claims with the State |
23 |
| Board of Education, subject to the
following requirements:
|
24 |
| (a) Any school district which fails for any given |
25 |
| school year to maintain
school as required by law, or to |
26 |
| maintain a recognized school is not
eligible to file for |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 163 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| such school year any claim upon the Common School
Fund. In |
2 |
| case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in |
3 |
| a
school district otherwise operating recognized schools, |
4 |
| the claim of the
district shall be reduced in the |
5 |
| proportion which the Average Daily
Attendance in the |
6 |
| attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
|
7 |
| Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school" |
8 |
| means any
public school which meets the standards as |
9 |
| established for recognition
by the State Board of |
10 |
| Education. A school district or attendance center
not |
11 |
| having recognition status at the end of a school term is |
12 |
| entitled to
receive State aid payments due upon a legal |
13 |
| claim which was filed while
it was recognized.
|
14 |
| (b) School district claims filed under this Section are |
15 |
| subject to
Sections 18-9, 18-10, and 18-12, except as |
16 |
| otherwise provided in this
Section.
|
17 |
| (c) If a school district operates a full year school |
18 |
| under Section
10-19.1, the general State aid to the school |
19 |
| district shall be determined
by the State Board of |
20 |
| Education in accordance with this Section as near as
may be |
21 |
| applicable.
|
22 |
| (d) (Blank).
|
23 |
| (e) School district expenditures are subject to |
24 |
| subsection (d-5) of Section 17-1.5 of this Code, if |
25 |
| applicable.
|
26 |
| (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 164 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| board of any district
receiving any of the grants provided for |
2 |
| in this Section may apply those funds
to any fund so received |
3 |
| for which that board is authorized to make expenditures
by law.
|
4 |
| School districts are not required to exert a minimum |
5 |
| Operating Tax Rate in
order to qualify for assistance under |
6 |
| this Section.
|
7 |
| (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when |
8 |
| capitalized, shall
have the meaning ascribed herein:
|
9 |
| (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil |
10 |
| attendance in school,
averaged as provided for in |
11 |
| subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil
financial |
12 |
| support levels.
|
13 |
| (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of |
14 |
| local financial
support, calculated on the basis of Average |
15 |
| Daily Attendance and derived as
provided pursuant to |
16 |
| subsection (D).
|
17 |
| (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes": |
18 |
| Funds paid to local
school districts pursuant to "An Act in |
19 |
| relation to the abolition of ad valorem
personal property |
20 |
| tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
|
21 |
| amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in |
22 |
| connection therewith",
certified August 14, 1979, as |
23 |
| amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
|
24 |
| (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil |
25 |
| financial support
as provided for in subsection (B).
|
26 |
| (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 165 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| taxes extended for
all purposes, except Bond and
Interest, |
2 |
| Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational |
3 |
| Education
Building purposes.
|
4 |
| (B) Foundation Level.
|
5 |
| (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the |
6 |
| State representing
the minimum level of per pupil financial |
7 |
| support that should be available to
provide for the basic |
8 |
| education of each pupil in
Average Daily Attendance. As set |
9 |
| forth in this Section, each school district
is assumed to exert
|
10 |
| a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with |
11 |
| the aggregate
of general State
financial aid provided the |
12 |
| district, an aggregate of State and local resources
are |
13 |
| available to meet
the basic education needs of pupils in the |
14 |
| district.
|
15 |
| (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of |
16 |
| support is
$4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the |
17 |
| Foundation Level of support is
$4,325. For the 2000-2001 school |
18 |
| year, the Foundation Level of support is
$4,425. For the |
19 |
| 2001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the
Foundation |
20 |
| Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the |
21 |
| Foundation Level of support is $4,810. For the 2004-2005 school |
22 |
| year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,964.
For the |
23 |
| 2005-2006 school year,
the Foundation Level of support is |
24 |
| $5,164. For the 2006-2007 school year, the Foundation Level of |
25 |
| support is $5,334.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 166 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (3) For the 2007-2008
2006-2007 school year and each school |
2 |
| year thereafter,
the Foundation Level of support is $6,058
|
3 |
| $5,334 or such greater amount as
may be established by law by |
4 |
| the General Assembly.
|
5 |
| (C) Average Daily Attendance.
|
6 |
| (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
7 |
| to subsection
(E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be |
8 |
| utilized. The Average Daily
Attendance figure for formula
|
9 |
| calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual |
10 |
| number of
pupils in attendance of
each school district, as |
11 |
| further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil
attendance for |
12 |
| each
school district. In compiling the figures for the number |
13 |
| of pupils in
attendance, school districts
and the State Board |
14 |
| of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid
funding, |
15 |
| conform
attendance figures to the requirements of subsection |
16 |
| (F).
|
17 |
| (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in |
18 |
| subsection (E) shall be
the requisite attendance data for the |
19 |
| school year immediately preceding
the
school year for which |
20 |
| general State aid is being calculated
or the average of the |
21 |
| attendance data for the 3 preceding school
years, whichever is |
22 |
| greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures
utilized in |
23 |
| subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
|
24 |
| school year immediately preceding the school year for which |
25 |
| general
State aid is being calculated.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 167 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (D) Available Local Resources.
|
2 |
| (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
3 |
| to subsection
(E), a representation of Available Local |
4 |
| Resources per pupil, as that term is
defined and determined in |
5 |
| this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local
Resources |
6 |
| per pupil shall include a calculated
dollar amount representing |
7 |
| local school district revenues from local property
taxes and |
8 |
| from
Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed |
9 |
| on the basis of pupils
in Average
Daily Attendance. Calculation |
10 |
| of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty |
11 |
| funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26.
|
12 |
| (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local |
13 |
| property taxes,
the State Board of Education shall utilize the |
14 |
| equalized assessed valuation of
all taxable property of each |
15 |
| school
district as of September 30 of the previous year. The |
16 |
| equalized assessed
valuation utilized shall
be obtained and |
17 |
| determined as provided in subsection (G).
|
18 |
| (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten |
19 |
| through 12, local
property tax
revenues per pupil shall be |
20 |
| calculated as the product of the applicable
equalized assessed
|
21 |
| valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by |
22 |
| the district's
Average Daily
Attendance figure. For school |
23 |
| districts maintaining grades kindergarten
through 8, local
|
24 |
| property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the |
25 |
| product of the
applicable equalized
assessed valuation for the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 168 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the
district's |
2 |
| Average
Daily Attendance figure. For school districts |
3 |
| maintaining grades 9 through 12,
local property
tax revenues |
4 |
| per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation |
5 |
| of
the district
multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the |
6 |
| district's Average Daily
Attendance
figure.
|
7 |
| For partial elementary unit districts created pursuant to |
8 |
| Article 11E of this Code, local property tax revenues per pupil |
9 |
| shall be calculated as the product of the equalized assessed |
10 |
| valuation for property within the elementary and high school |
11 |
| classification of the partial elementary unit district |
12 |
| multiplied by 2.06% and divided by the Average Daily Attendance |
13 |
| figure for grades kindergarten through 8, plus the product of |
14 |
| the equalized assessed valuation for property within the high |
15 |
| school only classification of the partial elementary unit |
16 |
| district multiplied by 0.94% and divided by the Average Daily |
17 |
| Attendance figure for grades 9 through 12.
|
18 |
| (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid |
19 |
| to each school
district during the calendar year 2 years before |
20 |
| the calendar year in which a
school year begins, divided by the |
21 |
| Average Daily Attendance figure for that
district, shall be |
22 |
| added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
derived |
23 |
| by the application of the immediately preceding paragraph (3). |
24 |
| The sum
of these per pupil figures for each school district |
25 |
| shall constitute Available
Local Resources as that term is |
26 |
| utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation
of general State |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 169 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| aid.
|
2 |
| (E) Computation of General State Aid.
|
3 |
| (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid |
4 |
| allotted to a
school district shall be computed by the State |
5 |
| Board of Education as provided
in this subsection.
|
6 |
| (2) For any school district for which Available Local |
7 |
| Resources per pupil
is less than the product of 0.93 times the |
8 |
| Foundation Level, general State aid
for that district shall be |
9 |
| calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation
Level minus |
10 |
| Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
|
11 |
| Attendance of the school district.
|
12 |
| (3) For any school district for which Available Local |
13 |
| Resources per pupil
is equal to or greater than the product of |
14 |
| 0.93 times the Foundation Level and
less than the product of |
15 |
| 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid
per |
16 |
| pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level |
17 |
| derived using a
linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm, |
18 |
| the calculated general State
aid per pupil shall decline in |
19 |
| direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the
Foundation Level for |
20 |
| a school district with Available Local Resources equal to
the |
21 |
| product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the |
22 |
| Foundation
Level for a school district with Available Local |
23 |
| Resources equal to the product
of 1.75 times the Foundation |
24 |
| Level. The allocation of general
State aid for school districts |
25 |
| subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the
calculated general |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 170 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| State aid
per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily |
2 |
| Attendance of the school
district.
|
3 |
| (4) For any school district for which Available Local |
4 |
| Resources per pupil
equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times |
5 |
| the Foundation Level, the general
State aid for the school |
6 |
| district shall be calculated as the product of $218
multiplied |
7 |
| by the Average Daily Attendance of the school
district.
|
8 |
| (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school |
9 |
| district for
the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements |
10 |
| set forth in paragraph (4)
of subsection
(G) shall be increased |
11 |
| by an amount equal to the general State aid that
would have |
12 |
| been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
|
13 |
| utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed |
14 |
| Valuation as calculated
in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less |
15 |
| the general State aid allotted for the
1998-1999
school year. |
16 |
| This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
|
17 |
| affect any future general State aid allocations.
|
18 |
| (F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
|
19 |
| (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year, |
20 |
| submit to the State
Board of Education, on forms prescribed by |
21 |
| the State Board of Education,
attendance figures for the school |
22 |
| year that began in the preceding calendar
year. The attendance |
23 |
| information so transmitted shall identify the average
daily |
24 |
| attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning |
25 |
| with
the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 171 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as |
2 |
| provided in
subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph |
3 |
| (1).
|
4 |
| (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
|
5 |
| days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
6 |
| September and any
days of attendance in June shall be added |
7 |
| to the month of May.
|
8 |
| (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round |
9 |
| classes,
days of attendance in July and August shall be |
10 |
| added to the month
of September and any days of attendance |
11 |
| in June shall be added to
the month of May.
|
12 |
| (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, |
13 |
| hold
year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, |
14 |
| days of
attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
15 |
| September
and any days of attendance in June shall be added |
16 |
| to the month of
May. The average daily attendance for the |
17 |
| year-round buildings
shall be computed as provided in |
18 |
| subdivision (b) of this paragraph
(1). To calculate the |
19 |
| Average Daily Attendance for the district, the
average |
20 |
| daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
|
21 |
| multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round |
22 |
| buildings
for each month and added to the monthly |
23 |
| attendance of the
non-year-round buildings.
|
24 |
| Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
|
25 |
| attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not |
26 |
| less than
5 clock hours of school work per day under direct |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 172 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| supervision of: (i)
teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or |
2 |
| volunteer personnel when engaging
in non-teaching duties and |
3 |
| supervising in those instances specified in
subsection (a) of |
4 |
| Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with
pupils |
5 |
| of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through |
6 |
| 12.
|
7 |
| Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited |
8 |
| only to the
districts that pay the tuition to a recognized |
9 |
| school.
|
10 |
| (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours |
11 |
| of school
shall be subject to the following provisions in the |
12 |
| compilation of Average
Daily Attendance.
|
13 |
| (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for |
14 |
| only a part of
the school day may be counted on the basis |
15 |
| of 1/6 day for every class hour
of instruction of 40 |
16 |
| minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
|
17 |
| unless a pupil is
enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 |
18 |
| minutes or more of instruction,
in which case the pupil may |
19 |
| be counted on the basis of the proportion of
minutes of |
20 |
| school work completed each day to the minimum number of
|
21 |
| minutes that school work is required to be held that day.
|
22 |
| (b) Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours |
23 |
| on the opening
and closing of the school term, and upon the |
24 |
| first day of pupil
attendance, if preceded by a day or days |
25 |
| utilized as an institute or
teachers' workshop.
|
26 |
| (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 173 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| as a day of
attendance upon certification by the regional |
2 |
| superintendent, and
approved by the State Superintendent |
3 |
| of Education to the extent that the
district has been |
4 |
| forced to use daily multiple sessions.
|
5 |
| (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted |
6 |
| as a day of
attendance (1) when the remainder of the school |
7 |
| day or at least
2 hours in the evening of that day is |
8 |
| utilized for an
in-service training program for teachers, |
9 |
| up to a maximum of 5 days per
school year of which a |
10 |
| maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used for
|
11 |
| parent-teacher conferences, provided a district conducts |
12 |
| an in-service
training program for teachers which has been |
13 |
| approved by the State
Superintendent of Education; or, in |
14 |
| lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may
be used, in which |
15 |
| event each such day
may be counted as a day of attendance; |
16 |
| and (2) when days in
addition to
those provided in item (1) |
17 |
| are scheduled by a school pursuant to its school
|
18 |
| improvement plan adopted under Article 34 or its revised or |
19 |
| amended school
improvement plan adopted under Article 2, |
20 |
| provided that (i) such sessions of
3 or more clock hours |
21 |
| are scheduled to occur at regular intervals, (ii) the
|
22 |
| remainder of the school days in which such sessions occur |
23 |
| are utilized
for in-service training programs or other |
24 |
| staff development activities for
teachers, and (iii) a |
25 |
| sufficient number of minutes of school work under the
|
26 |
| direct supervision of teachers are added to the school days |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 174 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| between such
regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate |
2 |
| not less than the number of minutes
by which such sessions |
3 |
| of 3 or more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours.
Any |
4 |
| full days used for the purposes of this paragraph shall not |
5 |
| be considered
for
computing average daily attendance. Days |
6 |
| scheduled for in-service training
programs, staff |
7 |
| development activities, or parent-teacher conferences may |
8 |
| be
scheduled separately for different
grade levels and |
9 |
| different attendance centers of the district.
|
10 |
| (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of |
11 |
| teaching
hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by |
12 |
| telephone to the classroom may
be counted as 1/2 day of |
13 |
| attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or
more |
14 |
| clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of |
15 |
| attendance.
|
16 |
| (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted |
17 |
| as a day of
attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils |
18 |
| in full day kindergartens,
and a session of 2 or more hours |
19 |
| may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
pupils in |
20 |
| kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
|
21 |
| (g) For children with disabilities who are below the |
22 |
| age of 6 years and
who
cannot attend 2 or more clock hours |
23 |
| because of their disability or
immaturity, a session of not |
24 |
| less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day
of |
25 |
| attendance; however for such children whose educational |
26 |
| needs so require
a session of 4 or more clock hours may be |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 175 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| counted as a full day of attendance.
|
2 |
| (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only |
3 |
| 1/2 day of
attendance by each pupil shall not have more |
4 |
| than 1/2 day of attendance
counted in any one day. However, |
5 |
| kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days
of
attendance in any 5 |
6 |
| consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
|
7 |
| kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the |
8 |
| pupil shall have
the following day as a day absent from |
9 |
| school, unless the school district
obtains permission in |
10 |
| writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
|
11 |
| Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of |
12 |
| attendance by
each pupil shall be counted the same as |
13 |
| attendance by first grade pupils.
Only the first year of |
14 |
| attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted,
except in |
15 |
| case of children who entered the kindergarten in their |
16 |
| fifth year
whose educational development requires a second |
17 |
| year of kindergarten as
determined under the rules and |
18 |
| regulations of the State Board of Education.
|
19 |
| (i) On the days when the Prairie State Achievement |
20 |
| Examination is
administered under subsection (c) of |
21 |
| Section 2-3.64 of this Code, the day
of attendance for a |
22 |
| pupil whose school
day must be shortened to accommodate |
23 |
| required testing procedures may
be less than 5 clock hours |
24 |
| and shall be counted towards the 176 days of actual pupil |
25 |
| attendance required under Section 10-19 of this Code, |
26 |
| provided that a sufficient number of minutes
of school work |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 176 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| in excess of 5 clock hours are first completed on other |
2 |
| school
days to compensate for the loss of school work on |
3 |
| the examination days.
|
4 |
| (G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
|
5 |
| (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local |
6 |
| Resources required
pursuant to subsection (D), the
State Board |
7 |
| of Education shall secure from the Department of
Revenue the |
8 |
| value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
|
9 |
| all taxable property of every school district, together with |
10 |
| (i) the applicable
tax rate used in extending taxes for the |
11 |
| funds of the district as of
September 30 of the previous year
|
12 |
| and (ii) the limiting rate for all school
districts subject to |
13 |
| property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
|
14 |
| Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
|
15 |
| The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized |
16 |
| assessed value of all
taxable
property of each school district |
17 |
| situated entirely or partially within a county
that is or was |
18 |
| subject to the alternative general homestead exemption |
19 |
| provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code (a)
an |
20 |
| amount equal to the total amount by which the
homestead |
21 |
| exemption allowed under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code |
22 |
| for
real
property situated in that school district exceeds the |
23 |
| total amount that would
have been
allowed in that school |
24 |
| district if the maximum reduction under Section 15-176
was
(i) |
25 |
| $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in all other counties in tax |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 177 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all counties in tax year 2004 and |
2 |
| thereafter and (b) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for |
3 |
| the taxable year of all additional exemptions under Section |
4 |
| 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household |
5 |
| income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk of any county that |
6 |
| is or was subject to the alternative general homestead |
7 |
| exemption provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code |
8 |
| shall
annually calculate and certify to the Department of |
9 |
| Revenue for each school
district all
homestead exemption |
10 |
| amounts under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code and all |
11 |
| amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the |
12 |
| Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 |
13 |
| or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the general |
14 |
| homestead exemption for a parcel of property is determined |
15 |
| under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code rather than |
16 |
| Section 15-175, then the calculation of Available Local |
17 |
| Resources shall not be affected by the difference, if any, |
18 |
| between the amount of the general homestead exemption allowed |
19 |
| for that parcel of property under Section 15-176 of the |
20 |
| Property Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed |
21 |
| had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of property |
22 |
| been determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code. |
23 |
| It is further the intent of this paragraph that if additional |
24 |
| exemptions are allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax |
25 |
| Code for owners with a household income of less than $30,000, |
26 |
| then the calculation of Available Local Resources shall not be |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 178 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| affected by the difference, if any, because of those additional |
2 |
| exemptions.
|
3 |
| This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by |
4 |
| the requirements of
this subsection, shall be utilized in the |
5 |
| calculation of Available Local
Resources.
|
6 |
| (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall |
7 |
| be adjusted, as
applicable, in the following manner:
|
8 |
| (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under |
9 |
| this Section,
with respect to any part of a school district |
10 |
| within a redevelopment
project area in respect to which a |
11 |
| municipality has adopted tax
increment allocation |
12 |
| financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
|
13 |
| Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 |
14 |
| of the Illinois
Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs |
15 |
| Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
11-74.6-50 of the |
16 |
| Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
|
17 |
| assessed valuation of real property located in any such |
18 |
| project area which is
attributable to an increase above the |
19 |
| total initial equalized assessed
valuation of such |
20 |
| property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
|
21 |
| valuation of the district, until such time as all
|
22 |
| redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in |
23 |
| Section 11-74.4-8
of the Tax Increment Allocation |
24 |
| Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
the |
25 |
| Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
the |
26 |
| equalized assessed valuation of the
district, the total |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 179 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
|
2 |
| equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be |
3 |
| used until
such time as all redevelopment project costs |
4 |
| have been paid.
|
5 |
| (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for |
6 |
| a school district
shall be adjusted by subtracting from the |
7 |
| real property
value as equalized or assessed by the |
8 |
| Department of Revenue for the
district an amount computed |
9 |
| by dividing the amount of any abatement of
taxes under |
10 |
| Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a |
11 |
| district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by |
12 |
| 2.30% for a district
maintaining grades kindergarten |
13 |
| through 8, or by 1.05% for a
district
maintaining grades 9 |
14 |
| through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
|
15 |
| the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) |
16 |
| of Section 18-165 of
the Property Tax Code by the same |
17 |
| percentage rates for district type as
specified in this |
18 |
| subparagraph (b).
|
19 |
| (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year |
20 |
| thereafter, if a
school district meets all of the criteria of |
21 |
| this subsection (G)(3), the school
district's Available Local |
22 |
| Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D)
using the |
23 |
| district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation |
24 |
| as
calculated under this
subsection (G)(3).
|
25 |
| For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms |
26 |
| shall have
the following meanings:
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 180 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| "Budget Year": The school year for which general State |
2 |
| aid is calculated
and
awarded under subsection (E).
|
3 |
| "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to |
4 |
| calculate the Budget
Year
allocation of general State aid.
|
5 |
| "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year |
6 |
| immediately preceding the
Base Tax Year.
|
7 |
| "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the |
8 |
| equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County Clerk |
9 |
| in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the
limiting rate as |
10 |
| calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property |
11 |
| Tax
Extension Limitation Law.
|
12 |
| "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of |
13 |
| the equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County |
14 |
| Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by
the Operating |
15 |
| Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A).
|
16 |
| "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio, |
17 |
| certified by the
County Clerk, in which the numerator is |
18 |
| the Base Tax Year's Tax
Extension and the denominator is |
19 |
| the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension.
|
20 |
| "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined |
21 |
| in subsection (A).
|
22 |
| If a school district is subject to property tax extension |
23 |
| limitations as
imposed under
the Property Tax Extension |
24 |
| Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall
calculate |
25 |
| the Extension
Limitation
Equalized Assessed Valuation of that |
26 |
| district. For the 1999-2000 school
year, the
Extension |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 181 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
|
2 |
| calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to |
3 |
| the product of the
district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation |
4 |
| and the district's Extension
Limitation Ratio. For the |
5 |
| 2000-2001 school year and each school year
thereafter,
the |
6 |
| Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school |
7 |
| district as
calculated by the State Board of Education shall be |
8 |
| equal to the product of
the Equalized Assessed Valuation last |
9 |
| used in the calculation of general State
aid and the
district's |
10 |
| Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension Limitation
|
11 |
| Equalized
Assessed Valuation of a school district as calculated |
12 |
| under
this subsection (G)(3) is less than the district's |
13 |
| equalized assessed valuation
as calculated pursuant to |
14 |
| subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
calculating |
15 |
| the district's general State aid for the Budget Year pursuant |
16 |
| to
subsection (E), that Extension
Limitation Equalized |
17 |
| Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
|
18 |
| district's Available Local Resources
under subsection (D).
|
19 |
| Partial elementary unit districts created in accordance |
20 |
| with Article 11E of this Code shall not be eligible for the |
21 |
| adjustment in this subsection (G)(3) until the fifth year |
22 |
| following the effective date of the reorganization.
|
23 |
| (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for |
24 |
| the 1999-2000
school year only, if a school district |
25 |
| experienced a triennial reassessment on
the equalized assessed |
26 |
| valuation used in calculating its general State
financial aid |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 182 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
|
2 |
| Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized |
3 |
| Assessed Valuation
that would have been used to calculate the |
4 |
| district's 1998-1999 general State
aid. This amount shall equal |
5 |
| the product of the equalized assessed valuation
used to
|
6 |
| calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and |
7 |
| the district's
Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension |
8 |
| Limitation Equalized Assessed
Valuation of the school district |
9 |
| as calculated under this paragraph (4) is
less than the |
10 |
| district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in |
11 |
| calculating
the
district's 1998-1999 general State aid |
12 |
| allocation, then for purposes of
calculating the district's |
13 |
| general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of
subsection (E),
|
14 |
| that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall |
15 |
| be utilized to
calculate the district's Available Local |
16 |
| Resources.
|
17 |
| (5) For school districts having a majority of their |
18 |
| equalized assessed
valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage, |
19 |
| Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if
the amount of general State |
20 |
| aid allocated to the school district for the
1999-2000 school |
21 |
| year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
|
22 |
| this Section is less than the amount of general State aid |
23 |
| allocated to the
district for the 1998-1999 school year under |
24 |
| these subsections, then the
general
State aid of the district |
25 |
| for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased
by the |
26 |
| difference between these amounts. The total payments made under |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 183 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| this
paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall |
2 |
| be prorated if they
exceed $14,000,000.
|
3 |
| (H) Supplemental General State Aid.
|
4 |
| (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district |
5 |
| is allotted
pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school |
6 |
| districts shall receive a grant,
paid in conjunction with a |
7 |
| district's payments of general State aid, for
supplemental |
8 |
| general State aid based upon the concentration level of |
9 |
| children
from low-income households within the school |
10 |
| district.
Supplemental State aid grants provided for school |
11 |
| districts under this
subsection shall be appropriated for |
12 |
| distribution to school districts as part
of the same line item |
13 |
| in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
14 |
| appropriated under this Section.
If the appropriation in any |
15 |
| fiscal year for general State aid and
supplemental general |
16 |
| State aid is insufficient to pay the amounts required
under the |
17 |
| general State aid and supplemental general State aid |
18 |
| calculations,
then the
State Board of Education shall ensure |
19 |
| that
each school district receives the full amount due for |
20 |
| general State aid
and the remainder of the appropriation shall |
21 |
| be used
for supplemental general State aid, which the State |
22 |
| Board of Education shall
calculate and pay to eligible |
23 |
| districts on a prorated basis.
|
24 |
| (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school |
25 |
| years
preceding the 2003-2004 school year.
For purposes of this
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 184 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" |
2 |
| shall be the
low-income
eligible pupil count from the most |
3 |
| recently available federal census divided by
the Average Daily |
4 |
| Attendance of the school district.
If, however, (i) the |
5 |
| percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal
censuses
in |
6 |
| the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district |
7 |
| with fewer
than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the |
8 |
| percentage change in the total
low-income eligible pupil count |
9 |
| of contiguous elementary school districts,
whose boundaries |
10 |
| are coterminous with the high school district,
or (ii) a high |
11 |
| school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
|
12 |
| school
districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the |
13 |
| high school
district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most |
14 |
| recent federal
censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count |
15 |
| and there is a percentage
increase in the total low-income |
16 |
| eligible pupil count of a majority of the
elementary school |
17 |
| districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent
federal |
18 |
| censuses, then
the
high school district's low-income eligible |
19 |
| pupil count from the earlier federal
census
shall be the number |
20 |
| used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high
school |
21 |
| district, for purposes of this subsection (H).
The changes made |
22 |
| to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
|
23 |
| supplemental general State aid
grants for school years |
24 |
| preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid
in fiscal |
25 |
| year 1999 or thereafter
and to
any State aid payments made in |
26 |
| fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year
1998 pursuant to |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 185 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
|
2 |
| repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is |
3 |
| affected by
Public Act 92-28 is
entitled to a
recomputation of |
4 |
| its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid
paid in |
5 |
| any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
|
6 |
| affected by any other funding.
|
7 |
| (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004 |
8 |
| school year
and each school year thereafter. For purposes of |
9 |
| this subsection (H), the
term "Low-Income Concentration Level" |
10 |
| shall, for each fiscal year, be the
low-income eligible
pupil |
11 |
| count
as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year
(as |
12 |
| determined by the Department of Human Services based
on the |
13 |
| number of pupils
who are eligible for at least one of the |
14 |
| following
low income programs: Medicaid, the Children's Health |
15 |
| Insurance Program,
KidCare, TANF, or Food Stamps,
excluding |
16 |
| pupils who are eligible for services provided by the Department
|
17 |
| of Children and Family Services,
averaged over
the 2 |
18 |
| immediately preceding fiscal years for fiscal year 2004 and |
19 |
| over the 3
immediately preceding fiscal years for each fiscal |
20 |
| year thereafter)
divided by the Average Daily Attendance of the |
21 |
| school district.
|
22 |
| (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
23 |
| subsection (H) shall
be
provided as follows for the 1998-1999, |
24 |
| 1999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years
only:
|
25 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
26 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 20% and less than 35%, the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 186 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| grant for any school year
shall be $800
multiplied by the |
2 |
| low income eligible pupil count.
|
3 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
4 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 35% and less than 50%, the |
5 |
| grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be
$1,100 |
6 |
| multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
|
7 |
| (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
8 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 50% and less than 60%, the |
9 |
| grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be
$1,500 |
10 |
| multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
|
11 |
| (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
12 |
| Concentration Level of 60%
or more, the grant for the |
13 |
| 1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by
the low |
14 |
| income eligible pupil count.
|
15 |
| (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount |
16 |
| specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately |
17 |
| above shall be increased to $1,243,
$1,600, and $2,000, |
18 |
| respectively.
|
19 |
| (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil |
20 |
| amounts specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) |
21 |
| immediately above shall be
$1,273, $1,640, and $2,050, |
22 |
| respectively.
|
23 |
| (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
24 |
| subsection (H)
shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003 |
25 |
| school year:
|
26 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 187 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Concentration Level of less
than 10%, the grant for each |
2 |
| school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low
income |
3 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
4 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
5 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the |
6 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $675
multiplied by the |
7 |
| low income eligible pupil
count.
|
8 |
| (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
9 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the |
10 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,330
multiplied by |
11 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
12 |
| (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
13 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the |
14 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,362
multiplied by |
15 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
16 |
| (e) For any school district with a Low Income |
17 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the |
18 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,680
multiplied by |
19 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
20 |
| (f) For any school district with a Low Income |
21 |
| Concentration
Level of 60% or more, the grant for each |
22 |
| school year shall be $2,080
multiplied by the low income |
23 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
24 |
| (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general |
25 |
| State aid
pursuant to this subsection
(H) shall be provided as |
26 |
| follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each
school year |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 188 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| thereafter:
|
2 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
3 |
| Concentration
Level of 15% or less, the grant for each |
4 |
| school year
shall be $355 multiplied by the low income |
5 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
6 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
7 |
| Concentration
Level greater than 15%, the grant for each |
8 |
| school year shall be
$294.25 added to the product of $2,700 |
9 |
| and the square of the Low
Income Concentration Level, all |
10 |
| multiplied by the low income
eligible pupil count.
|
11 |
| For the 2003-2004 school year, 2004-2005 school year,
|
12 |
| 2005-2006 school year, and 2006-2007 school year only, the |
13 |
| grant shall be no less than the
grant
for
the 2002-2003 school |
14 |
| year. For the 2007-2008 school year only, the grant shall
be no
|
15 |
| less than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by |
16 |
| 0.66. For the
2008-2009
school year only, the grant shall be no |
17 |
| less than the grant for the 2002-2003
school year
multiplied by |
18 |
| 0.33. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph to the |
19 |
| contrary, if for any school year supplemental general State aid |
20 |
| grants are prorated as provided in paragraph (1) of this |
21 |
| subsection (H), then the grants under this paragraph shall be |
22 |
| prorated.
|
23 |
| For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no |
24 |
| greater
than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school |
25 |
| year added to the
product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference |
26 |
| between the grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 189 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| of this paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the |
2 |
| grant received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the |
3 |
| 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
|
4 |
| the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to |
5 |
| the
product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the |
6 |
| grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this |
7 |
| paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant |
8 |
| received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the 2005-2006 |
9 |
| school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
the grant |
10 |
| received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the
product |
11 |
| of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
|
12 |
| calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph |
13 |
| (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant received during |
14 |
| the 2002-2003
school year.
|
15 |
| (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
16 |
| more than 1,000
and less than 50,000 that qualify for |
17 |
| supplemental general State aid pursuant
to this subsection |
18 |
| shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
|
19 |
| October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from |
20 |
| this grant of
supplemental general State aid for the |
21 |
| improvement of
instruction in which priority is given to |
22 |
| meeting the education needs of
disadvantaged children. Such |
23 |
| plan shall be submitted in accordance with
rules and |
24 |
| regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
|
25 |
| (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
26 |
| 50,000 or more
that qualify for supplemental general State aid |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 190 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| pursuant to this subsection
shall be required to distribute |
2 |
| from funds available pursuant to this Section,
no less than |
3 |
| $261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements:
|
4 |
| (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the |
5 |
| attendance centers
within the district in proportion to the |
6 |
| number of pupils enrolled at each
attendance center who are |
7 |
| eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
|
8 |
| breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 |
9 |
| and under the National
School Lunch Act during the |
10 |
| immediately preceding school year.
|
11 |
| (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental |
12 |
| and general State
aid among attendance centers according to |
13 |
| these requirements shall not be
compensated for or |
14 |
| contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
|
15 |
| appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of |
16 |
| Education shall
utilize funding from one or several sources |
17 |
| in order to fully implement this
provision annually prior |
18 |
| to the opening of school.
|
19 |
| (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
|
20 |
| school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and |
21 |
| other
categorical funds to which an attendance center is |
22 |
| entitled under law in
order that the general State aid and |
23 |
| supplemental general State aid provided
by application of |
24 |
| this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
|
25 |
| noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided |
26 |
| by the school
district to the attendance centers.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 191 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that |
2 |
| by reason of the
provisions of this subsection are not
|
3 |
| required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers |
4 |
| may be used and
appropriated by the board of the district |
5 |
| for any lawful school purpose.
|
6 |
| (e) Funds received by an attendance center
pursuant to |
7 |
| this
subsection shall be used
by the attendance center at |
8 |
| the discretion
of the principal and local school council |
9 |
| for programs to improve educational
opportunities at |
10 |
| qualifying schools through the following programs and
|
11 |
| services: early childhood education, reduced class size or |
12 |
| improved adult to
student classroom ratio, enrichment |
13 |
| programs, remedial assistance, attendance
improvement, and |
14 |
| other educationally beneficial expenditures which
|
15 |
| supplement
the regular and basic programs as determined by |
16 |
| the State Board of Education.
Funds provided shall not be |
17 |
| expended for any political or lobbying purposes
as defined |
18 |
| by board rule.
|
19 |
| (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this |
20 |
| subdivision (H)(4)
shall submit an
acceptable plan to meet |
21 |
| the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
|
22 |
| compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the |
23 |
| State Board of
Education prior to July 15 of each year. |
24 |
| This plan shall be consistent with the
decisions of local |
25 |
| school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
|
26 |
| developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 192 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| State Board shall
approve or reject the plan within 60 days |
2 |
| after its submission. If the plan is
rejected, the district |
3 |
| shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
|
4 |
| within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then |
5 |
| submit a modified plan
within 30 days after the date of the |
6 |
| written notice of intent to modify.
Districts may amend |
7 |
| approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
|
8 |
| Board of Education.
|
9 |
| Upon notification by the State Board of Education that |
10 |
| the district has
not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a |
11 |
| modified plan within the time
period specified herein, the
|
12 |
| State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan |
13 |
| shall be withheld by the
State Board of Education until a |
14 |
| plan or modified plan is submitted.
|
15 |
| If the district fails to distribute State aid to |
16 |
| attendance centers in
accordance with an approved plan, the |
17 |
| plan for the following year shall
allocate funds, in |
18 |
| addition to the funds otherwise required by this
|
19 |
| subsection, to those attendance centers which were |
20 |
| underfunded during the
previous year in amounts equal to |
21 |
| such underfunding.
|
22 |
| For purposes of determining compliance with this |
23 |
| subsection in relation
to the requirements of attendance |
24 |
| center funding, each district subject to the
provisions of |
25 |
| this
subsection shall submit as a separate document by |
26 |
| December 1 of each year a
report of expenditure data for |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 193 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the prior year in addition to any
modification of its |
2 |
| current plan. If it is determined that there has been
a |
3 |
| failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this |
4 |
| subsection
regarding contravention or supplanting, the |
5 |
| State Superintendent of
Education shall, within 60 days of |
6 |
| receipt of the report, notify the
district and any affected |
7 |
| local school council. The district shall within
45 days of |
8 |
| receipt of that notification inform the State |
9 |
| Superintendent of
Education of the remedial or corrective |
10 |
| action to be taken, whether by
amendment of the current |
11 |
| plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan
for the |
12 |
| following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report |
13 |
| or the
notification of remedial or corrective action in a |
14 |
| timely manner shall
result in a withholding of the affected |
15 |
| funds.
|
16 |
| The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and |
17 |
| regulations
to implement the provisions of this |
18 |
| subsection. No funds shall be released
under this |
19 |
| subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a |
20 |
| plan
that has been approved by the State Board of |
21 |
| Education.
|
22 |
| (I) (Blank).
|
23 |
| (J) Supplementary Grants in Aid.
|
24 |
| (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 194 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the amount of the
aggregate general State aid in combination |
2 |
| with supplemental general State aid
under this Section for |
3 |
| which
each school district is eligible shall be no
less than |
4 |
| the amount of the aggregate general State aid entitlement that |
5 |
| was
received by the district under Section
18-8 (exclusive of |
6 |
| amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that |
7 |
| Section)
for the 1997-98 school year,
pursuant to the |
8 |
| provisions of that Section as it was then in effect.
If a |
9 |
| school district qualifies to receive a supplementary payment |
10 |
| made under
this subsection (J), the amount
of the aggregate |
11 |
| general State aid in combination with supplemental general
|
12 |
| State aid under this Section
which that district is eligible to |
13 |
| receive for each school year shall be no less than the amount |
14 |
| of the aggregate
general State aid entitlement that was |
15 |
| received by the district under
Section 18-8 (exclusive of |
16 |
| amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that |
17 |
| Section)
for the 1997-1998 school year, pursuant to the |
18 |
| provisions of that
Section as it was then in effect.
|
19 |
| (2) If, as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection |
20 |
| (J), a school
district is to receive aggregate general State |
21 |
| aid in
combination with supplemental general State aid under |
22 |
| this Section for the 1998-99 school year and any subsequent |
23 |
| school
year that in any such school year is less than the |
24 |
| amount of the aggregate
general
State
aid entitlement that the |
25 |
| district received for the 1997-98 school year, the
school |
26 |
| district shall also receive, from a separate appropriation made |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 195 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| for
purposes of this subsection (J), a supplementary payment |
2 |
| that is equal to the
amount of the difference in the aggregate |
3 |
| State aid figures as described in
paragraph (1).
|
4 |
| (3) (Blank).
|
5 |
| (K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
|
6 |
| In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board |
7 |
| of a public
university that operates a laboratory school under |
8 |
| this Section or to any
alternative school that is operated by a |
9 |
| regional superintendent of schools,
the State
Board of |
10 |
| Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as |
11 |
| it
deems necessary.
|
12 |
| As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public |
13 |
| school which is
created and operated by a public university and |
14 |
| approved by the State Board of
Education. The governing board |
15 |
| of a public university which receives funds
from the State |
16 |
| Board under this subsection (K) may not increase the number of
|
17 |
| students enrolled in its laboratory
school from a single |
18 |
| district, if that district is already sending 50 or more
|
19 |
| students, except under a mutual agreement between the school |
20 |
| board of a
student's district of residence and the university |
21 |
| which operates the
laboratory school. A laboratory school may |
22 |
| not have more than 1,000 students,
excluding students with |
23 |
| disabilities in a special education program.
|
24 |
| As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a |
25 |
| public school which is
created and operated by a Regional |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 196 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Superintendent of Schools and approved by
the State Board of |
2 |
| Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
|
3 |
| instruction for which credit is given in regular school |
4 |
| programs, courses to
prepare students for the high school |
5 |
| equivalency testing program or vocational
and occupational |
6 |
| training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
|
7 |
| with a school district or a public community college district |
8 |
| to operate an
alternative school. An alternative school serving |
9 |
| more than one educational
service region may be established by |
10 |
| the regional superintendents of schools
of the affected |
11 |
| educational service regions. An alternative school
serving |
12 |
| more than one educational service region may be operated under |
13 |
| such
terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those |
14 |
| educational service
regions may agree.
|
15 |
| Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms |
16 |
| provided by the
State Superintendent of Education, an annual |
17 |
| State aid claim which states the
Average Daily Attendance of |
18 |
| the school's students by month. The best 3 months'
Average |
19 |
| Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school.
The general |
20 |
| State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
|
21 |
| applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as |
22 |
| determined under
this Section.
|
23 |
| (L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements.
|
24 |
| (1) For a school district operating under the financial |
25 |
| supervision
of an Authority created under Article 34A, the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 197 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| general State aid otherwise
payable to that district under this |
2 |
| Section, but not the supplemental general
State aid, shall be |
3 |
| reduced by an amount equal to the budget for
the operations of |
4 |
| the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State
Board |
5 |
| of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be |
6 |
| paid
to the Authority created for such district for its |
7 |
| operating expenses in
the manner provided in Section 18-11. The |
8 |
| remainder
of general State school aid for any such district |
9 |
| shall be paid in accordance
with Article 34A when that Article |
10 |
| provides for a disposition other than that
provided by this |
11 |
| Article.
|
12 |
| (2) (Blank).
|
13 |
| (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as |
14 |
| provided in
Section 18-4.3.
|
15 |
| (M) Education Funding Advisory Board.
|
16 |
| The Education Funding Advisory
Board, hereinafter in this |
17 |
| subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby
created. |
18 |
| The Board
shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the |
19 |
| Governor, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate. The |
20 |
| members appointed shall include
representatives of education, |
21 |
| business, and the general public. One of the
members so |
22 |
| appointed shall be
designated by the Governor at the time the |
23 |
| appointment is made as the
chairperson of the
Board.
The |
24 |
| initial members of the Board may
be appointed any time after |
25 |
| the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997. The regular |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 198 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| term of each member of the
Board shall be for 4 years from the |
2 |
| third Monday of January of the
year in which the term of the |
3 |
| member's appointment is to commence, except that
of the 5 |
4 |
| initial members appointed to serve on the
Board, the member who |
5 |
| is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for
a term that |
6 |
| commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on |
7 |
| the
third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members, |
8 |
| by lots drawn at
the first meeting of the Board that is
held
|
9 |
| after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their |
10 |
| number to serve
for terms that commence on the date of their
|
11 |
| respective appointments and expire on the third
Monday of |
12 |
| January, 2001,
and 2 of their number to serve for terms that |
13 |
| commence
on the date of their respective appointments and |
14 |
| expire on the third Monday
of January, 2000. All members |
15 |
| appointed to serve on the
Board shall serve until their |
16 |
| respective successors are
appointed and confirmed. Vacancies |
17 |
| shall be filled in the same manner as
original appointments. If |
18 |
| a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the
Senate is not |
19 |
| in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment |
20 |
| until
the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall |
21 |
| appoint, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate, a |
22 |
| person to fill that membership for the
unexpired term. If the |
23 |
| Senate is not in session when the initial appointments
are |
24 |
| made, those appointments shall
be made as in the case of |
25 |
| vacancies.
|
26 |
| The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 199 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| established,
and the initial
members appointed by the Governor |
2 |
| to serve as members of the
Board shall take office,
on the date |
3 |
| that the
Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth |
4 |
| initial member of the
Board, whether those initial members are |
5 |
| then serving
pursuant to appointment and confirmation or |
6 |
| pursuant to temporary appointments
that are made by the |
7 |
| Governor as in the case of vacancies.
|
8 |
| The State Board of Education shall provide such staff |
9 |
| assistance to the
Education Funding Advisory Board as is |
10 |
| reasonably required for the proper
performance by the Board of |
11 |
| its responsibilities.
|
12 |
| For school years after the 2000-2001 school year, the |
13 |
| Education
Funding Advisory Board, in consultation with the |
14 |
| State Board of Education,
shall make recommendations as |
15 |
| provided in this subsection (M) to the General
Assembly for the |
16 |
| foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section and
|
17 |
| for the
supplemental general State aid grant level under |
18 |
| subsection (H) of this Section
for districts with high |
19 |
| concentrations of children from poverty. The
recommended |
20 |
| foundation level shall be determined based on a methodology |
21 |
| which
incorporates the basic education expenditures of |
22 |
| low-spending schools
exhibiting high academic performance. The |
23 |
| Education Funding Advisory Board
shall make such |
24 |
| recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of odd
|
25 |
| numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 200 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (N) (Blank).
|
2 |
| (O) References.
|
3 |
| (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
|
4 |
| Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and |
5 |
| replacement by this
Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to |
6 |
| the corresponding provisions of
this Section 18-8.05, to the |
7 |
| extent that those references remain applicable.
|
8 |
| (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall |
9 |
| be deemed to
refer to the supplemental general State aid |
10 |
| provided under subsection (H) of
this Section.
|
11 |
| (P) Public Act 93-838 and Public Act 93-808 make inconsistent |
12 |
| changes to this Section. Under Section 6 of the Statute on |
13 |
| Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between Public Act |
14 |
| 93-808 and Public Act 93-838. Public Act 93-838, being the last |
15 |
| acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public Act 93-838 is |
16 |
| the law regardless of the text of Public Act 93-808. |
17 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-21, eff. 7-1-03; 93-715, eff. 7-12-04; 93-808, |
18 |
| eff. 7-26-04; 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; 93-875, eff. 8-6-04; 94-69, |
19 |
| eff. 7-1-05; 94-438, eff. 8-4-05; 94-835, eff. 6-6-06; 94-1019, |
20 |
| eff. 7-10-06; revised 8-3-06.)
|
21 |
| (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 94-1105 ) |
22 |
| Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State |
23 |
| financial aid and
supplemental general State aid to the common |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 201 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| schools for the 1998-1999 and
subsequent school years.
|
2 |
| (A) General Provisions.
|
3 |
| (1) The provisions of this Section apply to the 1998-1999 |
4 |
| and subsequent
school years. The system of general State |
5 |
| financial aid provided for in this
Section
is designed to |
6 |
| assure that, through a combination of State financial aid and
|
7 |
| required local resources, the financial support provided each |
8 |
| pupil in Average
Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a
|
9 |
| prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This formula approach |
10 |
| imputes a level
of per pupil Available Local Resources and |
11 |
| provides for the basis to calculate
a per pupil level of |
12 |
| general State financial aid that, when added to Available
Local |
13 |
| Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level. The
amount |
14 |
| of per pupil general State financial aid for school districts, |
15 |
| in
general, varies in inverse
relation to Available Local |
16 |
| Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
each school |
17 |
| district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is defined in |
18 |
| this
Section.
|
19 |
| (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school |
20 |
| districts with
specified levels or concentrations of pupils |
21 |
| from low income households are
eligible to receive supplemental |
22 |
| general State financial aid grants as provided
pursuant to |
23 |
| subsection (H).
The supplemental State aid grants provided for |
24 |
| school districts under
subsection (H) shall be appropriated for |
25 |
| distribution to school districts as
part of the same line item |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 202 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
2 |
| appropriated under this Section.
|
3 |
| (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, |
4 |
| school districts
are required to file claims with the State |
5 |
| Board of Education, subject to the
following requirements:
|
6 |
| (a) Any school district which fails for any given |
7 |
| school year to maintain
school as required by law, or to |
8 |
| maintain a recognized school is not
eligible to file for |
9 |
| such school year any claim upon the Common School
Fund. In |
10 |
| case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in |
11 |
| a
school district otherwise operating recognized schools, |
12 |
| the claim of the
district shall be reduced in the |
13 |
| proportion which the Average Daily
Attendance in the |
14 |
| attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
|
15 |
| Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school" |
16 |
| means any
public school which meets the standards as |
17 |
| established for recognition
by the State Board of |
18 |
| Education. A school district or attendance center
not |
19 |
| having recognition status at the end of a school term is |
20 |
| entitled to
receive State aid payments due upon a legal |
21 |
| claim which was filed while
it was recognized.
|
22 |
| (b) School district claims filed under this Section are |
23 |
| subject to
Sections 18-9 and 18-12, except as otherwise |
24 |
| provided in this
Section.
|
25 |
| (c) If a school district operates a full year school |
26 |
| under Section
10-19.1, the general State aid to the school |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 203 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| district shall be determined
by the State Board of |
2 |
| Education in accordance with this Section as near as
may be |
3 |
| applicable.
|
4 |
| (d) (Blank).
|
5 |
| (e) School district expenditures are subject to |
6 |
| subsection (d-5) of Section 17-1.5 of this Code, if |
7 |
| applicable.
|
8 |
| (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the |
9 |
| board of any district
receiving any of the grants provided for |
10 |
| in this Section may apply those funds
to any fund so received |
11 |
| for which that board is authorized to make expenditures
by law.
|
12 |
| School districts are not required to exert a minimum |
13 |
| Operating Tax Rate in
order to qualify for assistance under |
14 |
| this Section.
|
15 |
| (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when |
16 |
| capitalized, shall
have the meaning ascribed herein:
|
17 |
| (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil |
18 |
| attendance in school,
averaged as provided for in |
19 |
| subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil
financial |
20 |
| support levels.
|
21 |
| (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of |
22 |
| local financial
support, calculated on the basis of Average |
23 |
| Daily Attendance and derived as
provided pursuant to |
24 |
| subsection (D).
|
25 |
| (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes": |
26 |
| Funds paid to local
school districts pursuant to "An Act in |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 204 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| relation to the abolition of ad valorem
personal property |
2 |
| tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
|
3 |
| amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in |
4 |
| connection therewith",
certified August 14, 1979, as |
5 |
| amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
|
6 |
| (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil |
7 |
| financial support
as provided for in subsection (B).
|
8 |
| (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property |
9 |
| taxes extended for
all purposes, except Bond and
Interest, |
10 |
| Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational |
11 |
| Education
Building purposes.
|
12 |
| (B) Foundation Level.
|
13 |
| (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the |
14 |
| State representing
the minimum level of per pupil financial |
15 |
| support that should be available to
provide for the basic |
16 |
| education of each pupil in
Average Daily Attendance. As set |
17 |
| forth in this Section, each school district
is assumed to exert
|
18 |
| a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with |
19 |
| the aggregate
of general State
financial aid provided the |
20 |
| district, an aggregate of State and local resources
are |
21 |
| available to meet
the basic education needs of pupils in the |
22 |
| district.
|
23 |
| (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of |
24 |
| support is
$4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the |
25 |
| Foundation Level of support is
$4,325. For the 2000-2001 school |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 205 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| year, the Foundation Level of support is
$4,425. For the |
2 |
| 2001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the
Foundation |
3 |
| Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the |
4 |
| Foundation Level of support is $4,810. For the 2004-2005 school |
5 |
| year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,964.
For the |
6 |
| 2005-2006 school year,
the Foundation Level of support is |
7 |
| $5,164. For the 2006-2007 school year, the Foundation Level of |
8 |
| support is $5,334.
|
9 |
| (3) For the 2007-2008
2006-2007 school year and each school |
10 |
| year thereafter,
the Foundation Level of support is $6,058
|
11 |
| $5,334 or such greater amount as
may be established by law by |
12 |
| the General Assembly.
|
13 |
| (C) Average Daily Attendance.
|
14 |
| (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
15 |
| to subsection
(E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be |
16 |
| utilized. The Average Daily
Attendance figure for formula
|
17 |
| calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual |
18 |
| number of
pupils in attendance of
each school district, as |
19 |
| further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil
attendance for |
20 |
| each
school district. In compiling the figures for the number |
21 |
| of pupils in
attendance, school districts
and the State Board |
22 |
| of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid
funding, |
23 |
| conform
attendance figures to the requirements of subsection |
24 |
| (F).
|
25 |
| (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 206 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| subsection (E) shall be
the requisite attendance data for the |
2 |
| school year immediately preceding
the
school year for which |
3 |
| general State aid is being calculated
or the average of the |
4 |
| attendance data for the 3 preceding school
years, whichever is |
5 |
| greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures
utilized in |
6 |
| subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
|
7 |
| school year immediately preceding the school year for which |
8 |
| general
State aid is being calculated.
|
9 |
| (D) Available Local Resources.
|
10 |
| (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
11 |
| to subsection
(E), a representation of Available Local |
12 |
| Resources per pupil, as that term is
defined and determined in |
13 |
| this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local
Resources |
14 |
| per pupil shall include a calculated
dollar amount representing |
15 |
| local school district revenues from local property
taxes and |
16 |
| from
Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed |
17 |
| on the basis of pupils
in Average
Daily Attendance. Calculation |
18 |
| of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty |
19 |
| funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26.
|
20 |
| (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local |
21 |
| property taxes,
the State Board of Education shall utilize the |
22 |
| equalized assessed valuation of
all taxable property of each |
23 |
| school
district as of September 30 of the previous year. The |
24 |
| equalized assessed
valuation utilized shall
be obtained and |
25 |
| determined as provided in subsection (G).
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 207 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten |
2 |
| through 12, local
property tax
revenues per pupil shall be |
3 |
| calculated as the product of the applicable
equalized assessed
|
4 |
| valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by |
5 |
| the district's
Average Daily
Attendance figure. For school |
6 |
| districts maintaining grades kindergarten
through 8, local
|
7 |
| property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the |
8 |
| product of the
applicable equalized
assessed valuation for the |
9 |
| district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the
district's |
10 |
| Average
Daily Attendance figure. For school districts |
11 |
| maintaining grades 9 through 12,
local property
tax revenues |
12 |
| per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation |
13 |
| of
the district
multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the |
14 |
| district's Average Daily
Attendance
figure.
|
15 |
| For partial elementary unit districts created pursuant to |
16 |
| Article 11E of this Code, local property tax revenues per pupil |
17 |
| shall be calculated as the product of the equalized assessed |
18 |
| valuation for property within the elementary and high school |
19 |
| classification of the partial elementary unit district |
20 |
| multiplied by 2.06% and divided by the Average Daily Attendance |
21 |
| figure for grades kindergarten through 8, plus the product of |
22 |
| the equalized assessed valuation for property within the high |
23 |
| school only classification of the partial elementary unit |
24 |
| district multiplied by 0.94% and divided by the Average Daily |
25 |
| Attendance figure for grades 9 through 12.
|
26 |
| (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 208 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| to each school
district during the calendar year 2 years before |
2 |
| the calendar year in which a
school year begins, divided by the |
3 |
| Average Daily Attendance figure for that
district, shall be |
4 |
| added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
derived |
5 |
| by the application of the immediately preceding paragraph (3). |
6 |
| The sum
of these per pupil figures for each school district |
7 |
| shall constitute Available
Local Resources as that term is |
8 |
| utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation
of general State |
9 |
| aid.
|
10 |
| (E) Computation of General State Aid.
|
11 |
| (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid |
12 |
| allotted to a
school district shall be computed by the State |
13 |
| Board of Education as provided
in this subsection.
|
14 |
| (2) For any school district for which Available Local |
15 |
| Resources per pupil
is less than the product of 0.93 times the |
16 |
| Foundation Level, general State aid
for that district shall be |
17 |
| calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation
Level minus |
18 |
| Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
|
19 |
| Attendance of the school district.
|
20 |
| (3) For any school district for which Available Local |
21 |
| Resources per pupil
is equal to or greater than the product of |
22 |
| 0.93 times the Foundation Level and
less than the product of |
23 |
| 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid
per |
24 |
| pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level |
25 |
| derived using a
linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm, |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 209 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the calculated general State
aid per pupil shall decline in |
2 |
| direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the
Foundation Level for |
3 |
| a school district with Available Local Resources equal to
the |
4 |
| product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the |
5 |
| Foundation
Level for a school district with Available Local |
6 |
| Resources equal to the product
of 1.75 times the Foundation |
7 |
| Level. The allocation of general
State aid for school districts |
8 |
| subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the
calculated general |
9 |
| State aid
per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily |
10 |
| Attendance of the school
district.
|
11 |
| (4) For any school district for which Available Local |
12 |
| Resources per pupil
equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times |
13 |
| the Foundation Level, the general
State aid for the school |
14 |
| district shall be calculated as the product of $218
multiplied |
15 |
| by the Average Daily Attendance of the school
district.
|
16 |
| (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school |
17 |
| district for
the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements |
18 |
| set forth in paragraph (4)
of subsection
(G) shall be increased |
19 |
| by an amount equal to the general State aid that
would have |
20 |
| been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
|
21 |
| utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed |
22 |
| Valuation as calculated
in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less |
23 |
| the general State aid allotted for the
1998-1999
school year. |
24 |
| This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
|
25 |
| affect any future general State aid allocations.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 210 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
|
2 |
| (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year, |
3 |
| submit to the State
Board of Education, on forms prescribed by |
4 |
| the State Board of Education,
attendance figures for the school |
5 |
| year that began in the preceding calendar
year. The attendance |
6 |
| information so transmitted shall identify the average
daily |
7 |
| attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning |
8 |
| with
the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
|
9 |
| year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as |
10 |
| provided in
subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph |
11 |
| (1).
|
12 |
| (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
|
13 |
| days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
14 |
| September and any
days of attendance in June shall be added |
15 |
| to the month of May.
|
16 |
| (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round |
17 |
| classes,
days of attendance in July and August shall be |
18 |
| added to the month
of September and any days of attendance |
19 |
| in June shall be added to
the month of May.
|
20 |
| (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, |
21 |
| hold
year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, |
22 |
| days of
attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
23 |
| September
and any days of attendance in June shall be added |
24 |
| to the month of
May. The average daily attendance for the |
25 |
| year-round buildings
shall be computed as provided in |
26 |
| subdivision (b) of this paragraph
(1). To calculate the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 211 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Average Daily Attendance for the district, the
average |
2 |
| daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
|
3 |
| multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round |
4 |
| buildings
for each month and added to the monthly |
5 |
| attendance of the
non-year-round buildings.
|
6 |
| Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
|
7 |
| attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not |
8 |
| less than
5 clock hours of school work per day under direct |
9 |
| supervision of: (i)
teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or |
10 |
| volunteer personnel when engaging
in non-teaching duties and |
11 |
| supervising in those instances specified in
subsection (a) of |
12 |
| Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with
pupils |
13 |
| of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through |
14 |
| 12.
|
15 |
| Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited |
16 |
| only to the
districts that pay the tuition to a recognized |
17 |
| school.
|
18 |
| (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours |
19 |
| of school
shall be subject to the following provisions in the |
20 |
| compilation of Average
Daily Attendance.
|
21 |
| (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for |
22 |
| only a part of
the school day may be counted on the basis |
23 |
| of 1/6 day for every class hour
of instruction of 40 |
24 |
| minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
|
25 |
| unless a pupil is
enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 |
26 |
| minutes or more of instruction,
in which case the pupil may |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 212 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| be counted on the basis of the proportion of
minutes of |
2 |
| school work completed each day to the minimum number of
|
3 |
| minutes that school work is required to be held that day.
|
4 |
| (b) Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours |
5 |
| on the opening
and closing of the school term, and upon the |
6 |
| first day of pupil
attendance, if preceded by a day or days |
7 |
| utilized as an institute or
teachers' workshop.
|
8 |
| (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted |
9 |
| as a day of
attendance upon certification by the regional |
10 |
| superintendent, and
approved by the State Superintendent |
11 |
| of Education to the extent that the
district has been |
12 |
| forced to use daily multiple sessions.
|
13 |
| (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted |
14 |
| as a day of
attendance (1) when the remainder of the school |
15 |
| day or at least
2 hours in the evening of that day is |
16 |
| utilized for an
in-service training program for teachers, |
17 |
| up to a maximum of 5 days per
school year of which a |
18 |
| maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used for
|
19 |
| parent-teacher conferences, provided a district conducts |
20 |
| an in-service
training program for teachers which has been |
21 |
| approved by the State
Superintendent of Education; or, in |
22 |
| lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may
be used, in which |
23 |
| event each such day
may be counted as a day of attendance; |
24 |
| and (2) when days in
addition to
those provided in item (1) |
25 |
| are scheduled by a school pursuant to its school
|
26 |
| improvement plan adopted under Article 34 or its revised or |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 213 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| amended school
improvement plan adopted under Article 2, |
2 |
| provided that (i) such sessions of
3 or more clock hours |
3 |
| are scheduled to occur at regular intervals, (ii) the
|
4 |
| remainder of the school days in which such sessions occur |
5 |
| are utilized
for in-service training programs or other |
6 |
| staff development activities for
teachers, and (iii) a |
7 |
| sufficient number of minutes of school work under the
|
8 |
| direct supervision of teachers are added to the school days |
9 |
| between such
regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate |
10 |
| not less than the number of minutes
by which such sessions |
11 |
| of 3 or more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours.
Any |
12 |
| full days used for the purposes of this paragraph shall not |
13 |
| be considered
for
computing average daily attendance. Days |
14 |
| scheduled for in-service training
programs, staff |
15 |
| development activities, or parent-teacher conferences may |
16 |
| be
scheduled separately for different
grade levels and |
17 |
| different attendance centers of the district.
|
18 |
| (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of |
19 |
| teaching
hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by |
20 |
| telephone to the classroom may
be counted as 1/2 day of |
21 |
| attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or
more |
22 |
| clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of |
23 |
| attendance.
|
24 |
| (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted |
25 |
| as a day of
attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils |
26 |
| in full day kindergartens,
and a session of 2 or more hours |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 214 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
pupils in |
2 |
| kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
|
3 |
| (g) For children with disabilities who are below the |
4 |
| age of 6 years and
who
cannot attend 2 or more clock hours |
5 |
| because of their disability or
immaturity, a session of not |
6 |
| less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day
of |
7 |
| attendance; however for such children whose educational |
8 |
| needs so require
a session of 4 or more clock hours may be |
9 |
| counted as a full day of attendance.
|
10 |
| (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only |
11 |
| 1/2 day of
attendance by each pupil shall not have more |
12 |
| than 1/2 day of attendance
counted in any one day. However, |
13 |
| kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days
of
attendance in any 5 |
14 |
| consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
|
15 |
| kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the |
16 |
| pupil shall have
the following day as a day absent from |
17 |
| school, unless the school district
obtains permission in |
18 |
| writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
|
19 |
| Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of |
20 |
| attendance by
each pupil shall be counted the same as |
21 |
| attendance by first grade pupils.
Only the first year of |
22 |
| attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted,
except in |
23 |
| case of children who entered the kindergarten in their |
24 |
| fifth year
whose educational development requires a second |
25 |
| year of kindergarten as
determined under the rules and |
26 |
| regulations of the State Board of Education.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 215 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (i) On the days when the Prairie State Achievement |
2 |
| Examination is
administered under subsection (c) of |
3 |
| Section 2-3.64 of this Code, the day
of attendance for a |
4 |
| pupil whose school
day must be shortened to accommodate |
5 |
| required testing procedures may
be less than 5 clock hours |
6 |
| and shall be counted towards the 176 days of actual pupil |
7 |
| attendance required under Section 10-19 of this Code, |
8 |
| provided that a sufficient number of minutes
of school work |
9 |
| in excess of 5 clock hours are first completed on other |
10 |
| school
days to compensate for the loss of school work on |
11 |
| the examination days.
|
12 |
| (G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
|
13 |
| (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local |
14 |
| Resources required
pursuant to subsection (D), the
State Board |
15 |
| of Education shall secure from the Department of
Revenue the |
16 |
| value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
|
17 |
| all taxable property of every school district, together with |
18 |
| (i) the applicable
tax rate used in extending taxes for the |
19 |
| funds of the district as of
September 30 of the previous year
|
20 |
| and (ii) the limiting rate for all school
districts subject to |
21 |
| property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
|
22 |
| Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
|
23 |
| The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized |
24 |
| assessed value of all
taxable
property of each school district |
25 |
| situated entirely or partially within a county
that is or was |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 216 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| subject to the alternative general homestead exemption |
2 |
| provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code (a)
an |
3 |
| amount equal to the total amount by which the
homestead |
4 |
| exemption allowed under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code |
5 |
| for
real
property situated in that school district exceeds the |
6 |
| total amount that would
have been
allowed in that school |
7 |
| district if the maximum reduction under Section 15-176
was
(i) |
8 |
| $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in all other counties in tax |
9 |
| year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all counties in tax year 2004 and |
10 |
| thereafter and (b) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for |
11 |
| the taxable year of all additional exemptions under Section |
12 |
| 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household |
13 |
| income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk of any county that |
14 |
| is or was subject to the alternative general homestead |
15 |
| exemption provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code |
16 |
| shall
annually calculate and certify to the Department of |
17 |
| Revenue for each school
district all
homestead exemption |
18 |
| amounts under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code and all |
19 |
| amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the |
20 |
| Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 |
21 |
| or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the general |
22 |
| homestead exemption for a parcel of property is determined |
23 |
| under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code rather than |
24 |
| Section 15-175, then the calculation of Available Local |
25 |
| Resources shall not be affected by the difference, if any, |
26 |
| between the amount of the general homestead exemption allowed |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 217 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| for that parcel of property under Section 15-176 of the |
2 |
| Property Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed |
3 |
| had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of property |
4 |
| been determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code. |
5 |
| It is further the intent of this paragraph that if additional |
6 |
| exemptions are allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax |
7 |
| Code for owners with a household income of less than $30,000, |
8 |
| then the calculation of Available Local Resources shall not be |
9 |
| affected by the difference, if any, because of those additional |
10 |
| exemptions.
|
11 |
| This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by |
12 |
| the requirements of
this subsection, shall be utilized in the |
13 |
| calculation of Available Local
Resources.
|
14 |
| (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall |
15 |
| be adjusted, as
applicable, in the following manner:
|
16 |
| (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under |
17 |
| this Section,
with respect to any part of a school district |
18 |
| within a redevelopment
project area in respect to which a |
19 |
| municipality has adopted tax
increment allocation |
20 |
| financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
|
21 |
| Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 |
22 |
| of the Illinois
Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs |
23 |
| Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
11-74.6-50 of the |
24 |
| Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
|
25 |
| assessed valuation of real property located in any such |
26 |
| project area which is
attributable to an increase above the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 218 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| total initial equalized assessed
valuation of such |
2 |
| property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
|
3 |
| valuation of the district, until such time as all
|
4 |
| redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in |
5 |
| Section 11-74.4-8
of the Tax Increment Allocation |
6 |
| Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
the |
7 |
| Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
the |
8 |
| equalized assessed valuation of the
district, the total |
9 |
| initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
|
10 |
| equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be |
11 |
| used until
such time as all redevelopment project costs |
12 |
| have been paid.
|
13 |
| (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for |
14 |
| a school district
shall be adjusted by subtracting from the |
15 |
| real property
value as equalized or assessed by the |
16 |
| Department of Revenue for the
district an amount computed |
17 |
| by dividing the amount of any abatement of
taxes under |
18 |
| Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a |
19 |
| district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by |
20 |
| 2.30% for a district
maintaining grades kindergarten |
21 |
| through 8, or by 1.05% for a
district
maintaining grades 9 |
22 |
| through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
|
23 |
| the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) |
24 |
| of Section 18-165 of
the Property Tax Code by the same |
25 |
| percentage rates for district type as
specified in this |
26 |
| subparagraph (b).
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 219 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year |
2 |
| thereafter, if a
school district meets all of the criteria of |
3 |
| this subsection (G)(3), the school
district's Available Local |
4 |
| Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D)
using the |
5 |
| district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation |
6 |
| as
calculated under this
subsection (G)(3).
|
7 |
| For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms |
8 |
| shall have
the following meanings:
|
9 |
| "Budget Year": The school year for which general State |
10 |
| aid is calculated
and
awarded under subsection (E).
|
11 |
| "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to |
12 |
| calculate the Budget
Year
allocation of general State aid.
|
13 |
| "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year |
14 |
| immediately preceding the
Base Tax Year.
|
15 |
| "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the |
16 |
| equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County Clerk |
17 |
| in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the
limiting rate as |
18 |
| calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property |
19 |
| Tax
Extension Limitation Law.
|
20 |
| "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of |
21 |
| the equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County |
22 |
| Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by
the Operating |
23 |
| Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A).
|
24 |
| "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio, |
25 |
| certified by the
County Clerk, in which the numerator is |
26 |
| the Base Tax Year's Tax
Extension and the denominator is |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 220 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension.
|
2 |
| "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined |
3 |
| in subsection (A).
|
4 |
| If a school district is subject to property tax extension |
5 |
| limitations as
imposed under
the Property Tax Extension |
6 |
| Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall
calculate |
7 |
| the Extension
Limitation
Equalized Assessed Valuation of that |
8 |
| district. For the 1999-2000 school
year, the
Extension |
9 |
| Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
|
10 |
| calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to |
11 |
| the product of the
district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation |
12 |
| and the district's Extension
Limitation Ratio. For the |
13 |
| 2000-2001 school year and each school year
thereafter,
the |
14 |
| Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school |
15 |
| district as
calculated by the State Board of Education shall be |
16 |
| equal to the product of
the Equalized Assessed Valuation last |
17 |
| used in the calculation of general State
aid and the
district's |
18 |
| Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension Limitation
|
19 |
| Equalized
Assessed Valuation of a school district as calculated |
20 |
| under
this subsection (G)(3) is less than the district's |
21 |
| equalized assessed valuation
as calculated pursuant to |
22 |
| subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
calculating |
23 |
| the district's general State aid for the Budget Year pursuant |
24 |
| to
subsection (E), that Extension
Limitation Equalized |
25 |
| Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
|
26 |
| district's Available Local Resources
under subsection (D).
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 221 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Partial elementary unit districts created in accordance |
2 |
| with Article 11E of this Code shall not be eligible for the |
3 |
| adjustment in this subsection (G)(3) until the fifth year |
4 |
| following the effective date of the reorganization.
|
5 |
| (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for |
6 |
| the 1999-2000
school year only, if a school district |
7 |
| experienced a triennial reassessment on
the equalized assessed |
8 |
| valuation used in calculating its general State
financial aid |
9 |
| apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
|
10 |
| Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized |
11 |
| Assessed Valuation
that would have been used to calculate the |
12 |
| district's 1998-1999 general State
aid. This amount shall equal |
13 |
| the product of the equalized assessed valuation
used to
|
14 |
| calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and |
15 |
| the district's
Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension |
16 |
| Limitation Equalized Assessed
Valuation of the school district |
17 |
| as calculated under this paragraph (4) is
less than the |
18 |
| district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in |
19 |
| calculating
the
district's 1998-1999 general State aid |
20 |
| allocation, then for purposes of
calculating the district's |
21 |
| general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of
subsection (E),
|
22 |
| that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall |
23 |
| be utilized to
calculate the district's Available Local |
24 |
| Resources.
|
25 |
| (5) For school districts having a majority of their |
26 |
| equalized assessed
valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage, |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 222 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if
the amount of general State |
2 |
| aid allocated to the school district for the
1999-2000 school |
3 |
| year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
|
4 |
| this Section is less than the amount of general State aid |
5 |
| allocated to the
district for the 1998-1999 school year under |
6 |
| these subsections, then the
general
State aid of the district |
7 |
| for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased
by the |
8 |
| difference between these amounts. The total payments made under |
9 |
| this
paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall |
10 |
| be prorated if they
exceed $14,000,000.
|
11 |
| (H) Supplemental General State Aid.
|
12 |
| (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district |
13 |
| is allotted
pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school |
14 |
| districts shall receive a grant,
paid in conjunction with a |
15 |
| district's payments of general State aid, for
supplemental |
16 |
| general State aid based upon the concentration level of |
17 |
| children
from low-income households within the school |
18 |
| district.
Supplemental State aid grants provided for school |
19 |
| districts under this
subsection shall be appropriated for |
20 |
| distribution to school districts as part
of the same line item |
21 |
| in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
22 |
| appropriated under this Section.
If the appropriation in any |
23 |
| fiscal year for general State aid and
supplemental general |
24 |
| State aid is insufficient to pay the amounts required
under the |
25 |
| general State aid and supplemental general State aid |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 223 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| calculations,
then the
State Board of Education shall ensure |
2 |
| that
each school district receives the full amount due for |
3 |
| general State aid
and the remainder of the appropriation shall |
4 |
| be used
for supplemental general State aid, which the State |
5 |
| Board of Education shall
calculate and pay to eligible |
6 |
| districts on a prorated basis.
|
7 |
| (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school |
8 |
| years
preceding the 2003-2004 school year.
For purposes of this
|
9 |
| subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" |
10 |
| shall be the
low-income
eligible pupil count from the most |
11 |
| recently available federal census divided by
the Average Daily |
12 |
| Attendance of the school district.
If, however, (i) the |
13 |
| percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal
censuses
in |
14 |
| the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district |
15 |
| with fewer
than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the |
16 |
| percentage change in the total
low-income eligible pupil count |
17 |
| of contiguous elementary school districts,
whose boundaries |
18 |
| are coterminous with the high school district,
or (ii) a high |
19 |
| school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
|
20 |
| school
districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the |
21 |
| high school
district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most |
22 |
| recent federal
censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count |
23 |
| and there is a percentage
increase in the total low-income |
24 |
| eligible pupil count of a majority of the
elementary school |
25 |
| districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent
federal |
26 |
| censuses, then
the
high school district's low-income eligible |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 224 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| pupil count from the earlier federal
census
shall be the number |
2 |
| used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high
school |
3 |
| district, for purposes of this subsection (H).
The changes made |
4 |
| to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
|
5 |
| supplemental general State aid
grants for school years |
6 |
| preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid
in fiscal |
7 |
| year 1999 or thereafter
and to
any State aid payments made in |
8 |
| fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year
1998 pursuant to |
9 |
| subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
|
10 |
| repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is |
11 |
| affected by
Public Act 92-28 is
entitled to a
recomputation of |
12 |
| its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid
paid in |
13 |
| any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
|
14 |
| affected by any other funding.
|
15 |
| (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004 |
16 |
| school year
and each school year thereafter. For purposes of |
17 |
| this subsection (H), the
term "Low-Income Concentration Level" |
18 |
| shall, for each fiscal year, be the
low-income eligible
pupil |
19 |
| count
as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year
(as |
20 |
| determined by the Department of Human Services based
on the |
21 |
| number of pupils
who are eligible for at least one of the |
22 |
| following
low income programs: Medicaid, the Children's Health |
23 |
| Insurance Program,
KidCare, TANF, or Food Stamps,
excluding |
24 |
| pupils who are eligible for services provided by the Department
|
25 |
| of Children and Family Services,
averaged over
the 2 |
26 |
| immediately preceding fiscal years for fiscal year 2004 and |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 225 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| over the 3
immediately preceding fiscal years for each fiscal |
2 |
| year thereafter)
divided by the Average Daily Attendance of the |
3 |
| school district.
|
4 |
| (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
5 |
| subsection (H) shall
be
provided as follows for the 1998-1999, |
6 |
| 1999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years
only:
|
7 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
8 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 20% and less than 35%, the |
9 |
| grant for any school year
shall be $800
multiplied by the |
10 |
| low income eligible pupil count.
|
11 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
12 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 35% and less than 50%, the |
13 |
| grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be
$1,100 |
14 |
| multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
|
15 |
| (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
16 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 50% and less than 60%, the |
17 |
| grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be
$1,500 |
18 |
| multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
|
19 |
| (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
20 |
| Concentration Level of 60%
or more, the grant for the |
21 |
| 1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by
the low |
22 |
| income eligible pupil count.
|
23 |
| (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount |
24 |
| specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately |
25 |
| above shall be increased to $1,243,
$1,600, and $2,000, |
26 |
| respectively.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 226 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil |
2 |
| amounts specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) |
3 |
| immediately above shall be
$1,273, $1,640, and $2,050, |
4 |
| respectively.
|
5 |
| (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
6 |
| subsection (H)
shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003 |
7 |
| school year:
|
8 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
9 |
| Concentration Level of less
than 10%, the grant for each |
10 |
| school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low
income |
11 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
12 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
13 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the |
14 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $675
multiplied by the |
15 |
| low income eligible pupil
count.
|
16 |
| (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
17 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the |
18 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,330
multiplied by |
19 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
20 |
| (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
21 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the |
22 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,362
multiplied by |
23 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
24 |
| (e) For any school district with a Low Income |
25 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the |
26 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,680
multiplied by |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 227 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
2 |
| (f) For any school district with a Low Income |
3 |
| Concentration
Level of 60% or more, the grant for each |
4 |
| school year shall be $2,080
multiplied by the low income |
5 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
6 |
| (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general |
7 |
| State aid
pursuant to this subsection
(H) shall be provided as |
8 |
| follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each
school year |
9 |
| thereafter:
|
10 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
11 |
| Concentration
Level of 15% or less, the grant for each |
12 |
| school year
shall be $355 multiplied by the low income |
13 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
14 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
15 |
| Concentration
Level greater than 15%, the grant for each |
16 |
| school year shall be
$294.25 added to the product of $2,700 |
17 |
| and the square of the Low
Income Concentration Level, all |
18 |
| multiplied by the low income
eligible pupil count.
|
19 |
| For the 2003-2004 school year, 2004-2005 school year,
|
20 |
| 2005-2006 school year, and 2006-2007 school year only, the |
21 |
| grant shall be no less than the
grant
for
the 2002-2003 school |
22 |
| year. For the 2007-2008 school year only, the grant shall
be no
|
23 |
| less than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by |
24 |
| 0.66. For the
2008-2009
school year only, the grant shall be no |
25 |
| less than the grant for the 2002-2003
school year
multiplied by |
26 |
| 0.33. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph to the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 228 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| contrary, if for any school year supplemental general State aid |
2 |
| grants are prorated as provided in paragraph (1) of this |
3 |
| subsection (H), then the grants under this paragraph shall be |
4 |
| prorated.
|
5 |
| For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no |
6 |
| greater
than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school |
7 |
| year added to the
product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference |
8 |
| between the grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) |
9 |
| of this paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the |
10 |
| grant received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the |
11 |
| 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
|
12 |
| the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to |
13 |
| the
product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the |
14 |
| grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this |
15 |
| paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant |
16 |
| received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the 2005-2006 |
17 |
| school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
the grant |
18 |
| received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the
product |
19 |
| of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
|
20 |
| calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph |
21 |
| (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant received during |
22 |
| the 2002-2003
school year.
|
23 |
| (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
24 |
| more than 1,000
and less than 50,000 that qualify for |
25 |
| supplemental general State aid pursuant
to this subsection |
26 |
| shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 229 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from |
2 |
| this grant of
supplemental general State aid for the |
3 |
| improvement of
instruction in which priority is given to |
4 |
| meeting the education needs of
disadvantaged children. Such |
5 |
| plan shall be submitted in accordance with
rules and |
6 |
| regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
|
7 |
| (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
8 |
| 50,000 or more
that qualify for supplemental general State aid |
9 |
| pursuant to this subsection
shall be required to distribute |
10 |
| from funds available pursuant to this Section,
no less than |
11 |
| $261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements:
|
12 |
| (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the |
13 |
| attendance centers
within the district in proportion to the |
14 |
| number of pupils enrolled at each
attendance center who are |
15 |
| eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
|
16 |
| breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 |
17 |
| and under the National
School Lunch Act during the |
18 |
| immediately preceding school year.
|
19 |
| (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental |
20 |
| and general State
aid among attendance centers according to |
21 |
| these requirements shall not be
compensated for or |
22 |
| contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
|
23 |
| appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of |
24 |
| Education shall
utilize funding from one or several sources |
25 |
| in order to fully implement this
provision annually prior |
26 |
| to the opening of school.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 230 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
|
2 |
| school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and |
3 |
| other
categorical funds to which an attendance center is |
4 |
| entitled under law in
order that the general State aid and |
5 |
| supplemental general State aid provided
by application of |
6 |
| this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
|
7 |
| noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided |
8 |
| by the school
district to the attendance centers.
|
9 |
| (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that |
10 |
| by reason of the
provisions of this subsection are not
|
11 |
| required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers |
12 |
| may be used and
appropriated by the board of the district |
13 |
| for any lawful school purpose.
|
14 |
| (e) Funds received by an attendance center
pursuant to |
15 |
| this
subsection shall be used
by the attendance center at |
16 |
| the discretion
of the principal and local school council |
17 |
| for programs to improve educational
opportunities at |
18 |
| qualifying schools through the following programs and
|
19 |
| services: early childhood education, reduced class size or |
20 |
| improved adult to
student classroom ratio, enrichment |
21 |
| programs, remedial assistance, attendance
improvement, and |
22 |
| other educationally beneficial expenditures which
|
23 |
| supplement
the regular and basic programs as determined by |
24 |
| the State Board of Education.
Funds provided shall not be |
25 |
| expended for any political or lobbying purposes
as defined |
26 |
| by board rule.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 231 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this |
2 |
| subdivision (H)(4)
shall submit an
acceptable plan to meet |
3 |
| the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
|
4 |
| compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the |
5 |
| State Board of
Education prior to July 15 of each year. |
6 |
| This plan shall be consistent with the
decisions of local |
7 |
| school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
|
8 |
| developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The |
9 |
| State Board shall
approve or reject the plan within 60 days |
10 |
| after its submission. If the plan is
rejected, the district |
11 |
| shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
|
12 |
| within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then |
13 |
| submit a modified plan
within 30 days after the date of the |
14 |
| written notice of intent to modify.
Districts may amend |
15 |
| approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
|
16 |
| Board of Education.
|
17 |
| Upon notification by the State Board of Education that |
18 |
| the district has
not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a |
19 |
| modified plan within the time
period specified herein, the
|
20 |
| State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan |
21 |
| shall be withheld by the
State Board of Education until a |
22 |
| plan or modified plan is submitted.
|
23 |
| If the district fails to distribute State aid to |
24 |
| attendance centers in
accordance with an approved plan, the |
25 |
| plan for the following year shall
allocate funds, in |
26 |
| addition to the funds otherwise required by this
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 232 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| subsection, to those attendance centers which were |
2 |
| underfunded during the
previous year in amounts equal to |
3 |
| such underfunding.
|
4 |
| For purposes of determining compliance with this |
5 |
| subsection in relation
to the requirements of attendance |
6 |
| center funding, each district subject to the
provisions of |
7 |
| this
subsection shall submit as a separate document by |
8 |
| December 1 of each year a
report of expenditure data for |
9 |
| the prior year in addition to any
modification of its |
10 |
| current plan. If it is determined that there has been
a |
11 |
| failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this |
12 |
| subsection
regarding contravention or supplanting, the |
13 |
| State Superintendent of
Education shall, within 60 days of |
14 |
| receipt of the report, notify the
district and any affected |
15 |
| local school council. The district shall within
45 days of |
16 |
| receipt of that notification inform the State |
17 |
| Superintendent of
Education of the remedial or corrective |
18 |
| action to be taken, whether by
amendment of the current |
19 |
| plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan
for the |
20 |
| following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report |
21 |
| or the
notification of remedial or corrective action in a |
22 |
| timely manner shall
result in a withholding of the affected |
23 |
| funds.
|
24 |
| The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and |
25 |
| regulations
to implement the provisions of this |
26 |
| subsection. No funds shall be released
under this |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 233 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a |
2 |
| plan
that has been approved by the State Board of |
3 |
| Education.
|
4 |
| (I) (Blank).
|
5 |
| (J) Supplementary Grants in Aid.
|
6 |
| (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, |
7 |
| the amount of the
aggregate general State aid in combination |
8 |
| with supplemental general State aid
under this Section for |
9 |
| which
each school district is eligible shall be no
less than |
10 |
| the amount of the aggregate general State aid entitlement that |
11 |
| was
received by the district under Section
18-8 (exclusive of |
12 |
| amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that |
13 |
| Section)
for the 1997-98 school year,
pursuant to the |
14 |
| provisions of that Section as it was then in effect.
If a |
15 |
| school district qualifies to receive a supplementary payment |
16 |
| made under
this subsection (J), the amount
of the aggregate |
17 |
| general State aid in combination with supplemental general
|
18 |
| State aid under this Section
which that district is eligible to |
19 |
| receive for each school year shall be no less than the amount |
20 |
| of the aggregate
general State aid entitlement that was |
21 |
| received by the district under
Section 18-8 (exclusive of |
22 |
| amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that |
23 |
| Section)
for the 1997-1998 school year, pursuant to the |
24 |
| provisions of that
Section as it was then in effect.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 234 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (2) If, as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection |
2 |
| (J), a school
district is to receive aggregate general State |
3 |
| aid in
combination with supplemental general State aid under |
4 |
| this Section for the 1998-99 school year and any subsequent |
5 |
| school
year that in any such school year is less than the |
6 |
| amount of the aggregate
general
State
aid entitlement that the |
7 |
| district received for the 1997-98 school year, the
school |
8 |
| district shall also receive, from a separate appropriation made |
9 |
| for
purposes of this subsection (J), a supplementary payment |
10 |
| that is equal to the
amount of the difference in the aggregate |
11 |
| State aid figures as described in
paragraph (1).
|
12 |
| (3) (Blank).
|
13 |
| (K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
|
14 |
| In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board |
15 |
| of a public
university that operates a laboratory school under |
16 |
| this Section or to any
alternative school that is operated by a |
17 |
| regional superintendent of schools,
the State
Board of |
18 |
| Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as |
19 |
| it
deems necessary.
|
20 |
| As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public |
21 |
| school which is
created and operated by a public university and |
22 |
| approved by the State Board of
Education. The governing board |
23 |
| of a public university which receives funds
from the State |
24 |
| Board under this subsection (K) may not increase the number of
|
25 |
| students enrolled in its laboratory
school from a single |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 235 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| district, if that district is already sending 50 or more
|
2 |
| students, except under a mutual agreement between the school |
3 |
| board of a
student's district of residence and the university |
4 |
| which operates the
laboratory school. A laboratory school may |
5 |
| not have more than 1,000 students,
excluding students with |
6 |
| disabilities in a special education program.
|
7 |
| As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a |
8 |
| public school which is
created and operated by a Regional |
9 |
| Superintendent of Schools and approved by
the State Board of |
10 |
| Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
|
11 |
| instruction for which credit is given in regular school |
12 |
| programs, courses to
prepare students for the high school |
13 |
| equivalency testing program or vocational
and occupational |
14 |
| training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
|
15 |
| with a school district or a public community college district |
16 |
| to operate an
alternative school. An alternative school serving |
17 |
| more than one educational
service region may be established by |
18 |
| the regional superintendents of schools
of the affected |
19 |
| educational service regions. An alternative school
serving |
20 |
| more than one educational service region may be operated under |
21 |
| such
terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those |
22 |
| educational service
regions may agree.
|
23 |
| Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms |
24 |
| provided by the
State Superintendent of Education, an annual |
25 |
| State aid claim which states the
Average Daily Attendance of |
26 |
| the school's students by month. The best 3 months'
Average |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 236 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school.
The general |
2 |
| State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
|
3 |
| applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as |
4 |
| determined under
this Section.
|
5 |
| (L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements.
|
6 |
| (1) For a school district operating under the financial |
7 |
| supervision
of an Authority created under Article 34A, the |
8 |
| general State aid otherwise
payable to that district under this |
9 |
| Section, but not the supplemental general
State aid, shall be |
10 |
| reduced by an amount equal to the budget for
the operations of |
11 |
| the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State
Board |
12 |
| of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be |
13 |
| paid
to the Authority created for such district for its |
14 |
| operating expenses in
the manner provided in Section 18-11. The |
15 |
| remainder
of general State school aid for any such district |
16 |
| shall be paid in accordance
with Article 34A when that Article |
17 |
| provides for a disposition other than that
provided by this |
18 |
| Article.
|
19 |
| (2) (Blank).
|
20 |
| (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as |
21 |
| provided in
Section 18-4.3.
|
22 |
| (M) Education Funding Advisory Board.
|
23 |
| The Education Funding Advisory
Board, hereinafter in this |
24 |
| subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby
created. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 237 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| The Board
shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the |
2 |
| Governor, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate. The |
3 |
| members appointed shall include
representatives of education, |
4 |
| business, and the general public. One of the
members so |
5 |
| appointed shall be
designated by the Governor at the time the |
6 |
| appointment is made as the
chairperson of the
Board.
The |
7 |
| initial members of the Board may
be appointed any time after |
8 |
| the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997. The regular |
9 |
| term of each member of the
Board shall be for 4 years from the |
10 |
| third Monday of January of the
year in which the term of the |
11 |
| member's appointment is to commence, except that
of the 5 |
12 |
| initial members appointed to serve on the
Board, the member who |
13 |
| is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for
a term that |
14 |
| commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on |
15 |
| the
third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members, |
16 |
| by lots drawn at
the first meeting of the Board that is
held
|
17 |
| after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their |
18 |
| number to serve
for terms that commence on the date of their
|
19 |
| respective appointments and expire on the third
Monday of |
20 |
| January, 2001,
and 2 of their number to serve for terms that |
21 |
| commence
on the date of their respective appointments and |
22 |
| expire on the third Monday
of January, 2000. All members |
23 |
| appointed to serve on the
Board shall serve until their |
24 |
| respective successors are
appointed and confirmed. Vacancies |
25 |
| shall be filled in the same manner as
original appointments. If |
26 |
| a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the
Senate is not |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 238 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment |
2 |
| until
the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall |
3 |
| appoint, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate, a |
4 |
| person to fill that membership for the
unexpired term. If the |
5 |
| Senate is not in session when the initial appointments
are |
6 |
| made, those appointments shall
be made as in the case of |
7 |
| vacancies.
|
8 |
| The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed |
9 |
| established,
and the initial
members appointed by the Governor |
10 |
| to serve as members of the
Board shall take office,
on the date |
11 |
| that the
Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth |
12 |
| initial member of the
Board, whether those initial members are |
13 |
| then serving
pursuant to appointment and confirmation or |
14 |
| pursuant to temporary appointments
that are made by the |
15 |
| Governor as in the case of vacancies.
|
16 |
| The State Board of Education shall provide such staff |
17 |
| assistance to the
Education Funding Advisory Board as is |
18 |
| reasonably required for the proper
performance by the Board of |
19 |
| its responsibilities.
|
20 |
| For school years after the 2000-2001 school year, the |
21 |
| Education
Funding Advisory Board, in consultation with the |
22 |
| State Board of Education,
shall make recommendations as |
23 |
| provided in this subsection (M) to the General
Assembly for the |
24 |
| foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section and
|
25 |
| for the
supplemental general State aid grant level under |
26 |
| subsection (H) of this Section
for districts with high |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 239 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| concentrations of children from poverty. The
recommended |
2 |
| foundation level shall be determined based on a methodology |
3 |
| which
incorporates the basic education expenditures of |
4 |
| low-spending schools
exhibiting high academic performance. The |
5 |
| Education Funding Advisory Board
shall make such |
6 |
| recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of odd
|
7 |
| numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
|
8 |
| (N) (Blank).
|
9 |
| (O) References.
|
10 |
| (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
|
11 |
| Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and |
12 |
| replacement by this
Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to |
13 |
| the corresponding provisions of
this Section 18-8.05, to the |
14 |
| extent that those references remain applicable.
|
15 |
| (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall |
16 |
| be deemed to
refer to the supplemental general State aid |
17 |
| provided under subsection (H) of
this Section.
|
18 |
| (P) Public Act 93-838 and Public Act 93-808 make inconsistent |
19 |
| changes to this Section. Under Section 6 of the Statute on |
20 |
| Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between Public Act |
21 |
| 93-808 and Public Act 93-838. Public Act 93-838, being the last |
22 |
| acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public Act 93-838 is |
23 |
| the law regardless of the text of Public Act 93-808. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 240 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-21, eff. 7-1-03; 93-715, eff. 7-12-04; 93-808, |
2 |
| eff. 7-26-04; 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; 93-875, eff. 8-6-04; 94-69, |
3 |
| eff. 7-1-05; 94-438, eff. 8-4-05; 94-835, eff. 6-6-06; 94-1019, |
4 |
| eff. 7-10-06; 94-1105, eff. 6-1-07; revised 2-18-07.)
|
5 |
| (105 ILCS 5/18-17) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-17)
|
6 |
| Sec. 18-17. The State Board of Education shall provide the |
7 |
| loan of
secular textbooks listed for use by the State Board of |
8 |
| Education free of charge
to any student in this State who is |
9 |
| enrolled in grades kindergarten through 12
at a public school ,
|
10 |
| or at a school other than a public school which is in
|
11 |
| compliance with the compulsory attendance laws of this State |
12 |
| and Title VI of
the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and is recognized |
13 |
| by the State Board of Education in accordance with Section |
14 |
| 2-3.25o of this Code, or at a residential school operated by |
15 |
| the Department of Human Services under Section 10 of the |
16 |
| Disabled Persons Rehabilitation Act or the Department of |
17 |
| Juvenile Justice under Article 2.5 of Chapter III of the |
18 |
| Unified Code of Corrections . The foregoing service shall be |
19 |
| provided directly
to the students at their request or at the |
20 |
| request of their parents or
guardians. |
21 |
|
The goal of the loan program shall be to ensure that, |
22 |
| insofar as possible, all students have access to textbooks that |
23 |
| are no more than 6 years old on average in public schools for |
24 |
| the teaching and learning of science, social sciences, physical |
25 |
| development and health, and social and emotional learning. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 241 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Each fiscal year's appropriation for the loan of secular |
2 |
| textbooks under this Section shall be designated for use in |
3 |
| specific grade levels, in accordance with the following |
4 |
| replacement cycle: |
5 |
| (1) Grades 9 through 12 in Fiscal Year 2008. |
6 |
| (2) Grades kindergarten through 4 in Fiscal Year 2009. |
7 |
| (3) Grades 5 through 8 in Fiscal Year 2010. |
8 |
| (4) Thereafter, beginning with Fiscal Year 2011, the |
9 |
| replacement cycle shall be repeated. |
10 |
| Each school district shall maintain an average textbook age |
11 |
| of 6 years or less for each grade level served; provided that |
12 |
| (i) school districts are not required to meet the average |
13 |
| textbook age for a given grade level until the end of the first |
14 |
| school year during which replacement is available in accordance |
15 |
| with the replacement schedule provided in this Section, and |
16 |
| (ii) school districts that make adequate yearly progress under |
17 |
| Section 2-3.25a of this Code for each of the 3 preceding school |
18 |
| years are exempt from this requirement.
|
19 |
| The State Board of Education shall adopt appropriate |
20 |
| regulations
to administer this Section and to facilitate the |
21 |
| equitable participation
of all students eligible for benefits |
22 |
| hereunder, including provisions
authorizing the exchange, |
23 |
| trade or transfer of loaned secular textbooks
between schools |
24 |
| or school districts for students enrolled in such schools
or |
25 |
| districts. The bonding requirements of Sections 28-1 and 28-2 |
26 |
| of this Code do not apply to the loan of secular textbooks |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 242 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| under this Section. After secular textbooks have been on loan |
2 |
| under this
Section for a period of 5 years or more, such |
3 |
| textbooks may be disposed of
by school districts in such manner |
4 |
| as their respective school
boards shall determine following |
5 |
| written notification to the State Board
of Education and |
6 |
| expiration of a reasonable waiting period not to exceed 30
|
7 |
| days. Loaned textbooks may not be disposed of out-of-State or |
8 |
| sold without
the prior approval of the State Board of |
9 |
| Education.
|
10 |
| As used in this Section in the context of items eligible to |
11 |
| be loaned , "textbook" means any book or book substitute
which a |
12 |
| pupil uses as a text or text substitute in a particular class |
13 |
| or
program. It shall include books, reusable workbooks, |
14 |
| manuals, whether bound
or in loose leaf form, and instructional |
15 |
| computer software, intended as a
principal source of study |
16 |
| material for a given class or group of students.
"Textbook" |
17 |
| also includes science curriculum materials in a kit format
that |
18 |
| includes pre-packaged consumable materials if (i) it is shown |
19 |
| that
the materials serve as a textbook substitute, (ii) the |
20 |
| materials are for use by
pupils as a principal learning |
21 |
| resource, (iii) each component of the
materials is integrally |
22 |
| necessary to teach the requirements of the intended
course, |
23 |
| (iv) the kit includes teacher guidance materials, and (v) the
|
24 |
| purchase of individual consumable materials is not allowed. |
25 |
| Software licensing fees are allowed under this Section for |
26 |
| licenses of 5 years or greater.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 243 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| The State Board of Education shall, by rule, specify those |
2 |
| items included in the definition of "textbook" in this Section |
3 |
| that must be included in each school district's calculation of |
4 |
| the average textbook age.
|
5 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-212, eff. 7-18-03; 94-927, eff. 1-1-07.)
|
6 |
| (105 ILCS 5/21-27)
|
7 |
| Sec. 21-27. The Illinois Teaching Excellence Program. The |
8 |
| Illinois
Teaching
Excellence Program is hereby established to |
9 |
| provide categorical funding for
monetary
incentives and |
10 |
| bonuses for teachers and school counselors who are employed by |
11 |
| school districts and
who hold a
Master Certificate. The State |
12 |
| Board of Education shall allocate and distribute
to each
school |
13 |
| district an amount as annually appropriated by the General |
14 |
| Assembly
from federal funds for the
Illinois Teaching |
15 |
| Excellence Program. The State Board of Education's annual |
16 |
| budget must set out by separate line item the appropriation for |
17 |
| the program. Unless otherwise provided by
appropriation, each
|
18 |
| school district's annual allocation shall be the sum of the |
19 |
| amounts earned for
the
following incentives and bonuses:
|
20 |
| (1) An annual payment of $3,000 to be paid to (A) each
|
21 |
| teacher
who
successfully completes the program leading to |
22 |
| and who receives a Master
Certificate and is employed as a |
23 |
| teacher by a school district and (B) each school counselor |
24 |
| who successfully completes the program leading to and who |
25 |
| receives a Master Certificate and is employed as a school |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 244 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| counselor by a school district. The school
district shall
|
2 |
| distribute this payment to each eligible teacher or school |
3 |
| counselor
as a single payment or in not more than 3 |
4 |
| payments.
|
5 |
| (2) An annual incentive equal to $1,000 shall be paid |
6 |
| to
each teacher
who
holds a Master Certificate, who is |
7 |
| employed as a teacher by a school
district, and who
agrees,
|
8 |
| in writing, to provide 60 hours of mentoring during that |
9 |
| year to classroom
teachers. This mentoring may include, |
10 |
| either singly or in combination, (i)
providing high quality |
11 |
| professional development for new and experienced
teachers,
|
12 |
| and (ii) assisting National Board for Professional |
13 |
| Teaching Standards (NBPTS)
candidates through the NBPTS |
14 |
| certification process. The school district shall
|
15 |
| distribute 50% of each annual incentive payment upon |
16 |
| completion of 30 hours of
the required mentoring and the |
17 |
| remaining 50% of the incentive upon completion
of the |
18 |
| required 60 hours of mentoring. Credit may not be granted |
19 |
| by a school
district for mentoring or related services |
20 |
| provided during a regular school day
or
during the total |
21 |
| number of days of required service for the school year.
|
22 |
| (3) An annual incentive equal to $3,000 shall be paid |
23 |
| to
each teacher who
holds a Master Certificate, who is |
24 |
| employed as a teacher by a school
district, and who
agrees,
|
25 |
| in writing, to provide 60 hours of mentoring during that |
26 |
| year to classroom
teachers in schools on academic early |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 245 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| warning status or in
schools
in which 50% or more of the |
2 |
| students receive free or reduced price lunches, or
both.
|
3 |
| The school district shall distribute 50% of each annual |
4 |
| incentive
payment upon completion of 30 hours of the |
5 |
| required mentoring and the
remaining 50% of the incentive |
6 |
| upon completion of the required 60 hours of
mentoring. |
7 |
| Credit may not be granted by a school district for |
8 |
| mentoring or
related services provided during a regular |
9 |
| school day or during the total
number of
days of required |
10 |
| service for the school year.
|
11 |
| (4) Subject to appropriation, a one-time incentive |
12 |
| equal to the application fee expense for National Board for |
13 |
| Professional Teaching Standards certification for a group |
14 |
| of 3 or more teachers from the same targeted intervention |
15 |
| school, as specified in Section 2-3.25p of this Code, who |
16 |
| undertake to achieve Master Certification and an |
17 |
| additional one-time incentive of $1,000 for each teacher |
18 |
| when all teachers in the group receive a Master |
19 |
| Certificate.
Subject to appropriations for this purpose, |
20 |
| the State Board of Education may make grants to |
21 |
| organizations to provide outreach and support services to |
22 |
| assist teachers in receiving a Master Certificate.
|
23 |
| Each regional superintendent of schools shall provide |
24 |
| information
about the Master Certificate Program of the |
25 |
| National Board for Professional
Teaching Standards (NBPTS) and |
26 |
| this amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly
to each |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 246 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| individual
seeking
to register or renew a certificate under |
2 |
| Section 21-14 of this Code.
|
3 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-470, eff. 8-8-03; 94-105, eff. 7-1-05; 94-901, |
4 |
| eff. 6-22-06.)
|
5 |
| (105 ILCS 5/22-45 new)
|
6 |
| Sec. 22-45. Illinois Education Roundtable. |
7 |
| (a) There is created the Illinois Education Roundtable. The |
8 |
| Illinois Education Roundtable may include the following |
9 |
| members: |
10 |
| (1) The Governor or his or her designee. |
11 |
| (2) Two members of the House of Representatives, one |
12 |
| appointed by the Speaker of the House and one appointed by |
13 |
| the Minority Leader of the House. |
14 |
| (3) Two members of the Senate, one appointed by the |
15 |
| President of the Senate and one appointed by the Minority |
16 |
| Leader of the Senate. |
17 |
| (4) Persons appointed by the Governor, which may |
18 |
| include the following: |
19 |
| (A) Representatives of business in this State. |
20 |
| (B) Representatives of municipalities and counties |
21 |
| in this State. |
22 |
| (C) Representatives of prekindergarten through |
23 |
| grade 20 teachers, parents, and administrators in this |
24 |
| State, including representatives of professional |
25 |
| organizations, associations, and labor unions. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 247 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (5) Representatives from the following State agencies, |
2 |
| boards, commissions, and councils: |
3 |
| (A) The Board of Higher Education. |
4 |
| (B) The State Board of Education. |
5 |
| (C) The Illinois Community College Board. |
6 |
| (D) The Illinois Student Assistance Commission. |
7 |
| (E) The Illinois Workforce Investment Board. |
8 |
| (F) The Department of Commerce and Economic |
9 |
| Opportunity. |
10 |
| (G) The Illinois Early Learning Council.
|
11 |
| Members who are appointed shall serve for terms expiring on |
12 |
| July 1 of the third calendar year following their appointments |
13 |
| or until their successors are appointed and have qualified to |
14 |
| serve. Vacancies shall be filled in the same manner as original |
15 |
| appointments, and any member so appointed shall serve during |
16 |
| the remainder of the term for which the vacancy occurred. The |
17 |
| Governor or his or her designee shall serve as chairperson of |
18 |
| the Illinois Education Roundtable. |
19 |
| (b) The Illinois Education Roundtable may do the following: |
20 |
| (1) support the academic achievement of students at all |
21 |
| levels by structuring a comprehensive and collaborative |
22 |
| statewide strategy to improve education; |
23 |
| (2) disseminate information regarding collaborative |
24 |
| prekindergarten through grade 20 best practices in |
25 |
| educational and workforce development; |
26 |
| (3) coordinate the activities of existing educational |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 248 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| and workforce development agencies, with a focus on |
2 |
| integrating a student's education from pre-school through |
3 |
| graduate and professional education; |
4 |
| (4) establish an integrated, interconnected approach |
5 |
| to developing and implementing a prekindergarten through |
6 |
| grade 20 educational policy agenda for this State; and |
7 |
| (5) advise the Governor, the General Assembly, the |
8 |
| State's education and higher education agencies, and the |
9 |
| State's workforce and economic development boards and |
10 |
| agencies on polices related to lifelong learning for |
11 |
| Illinois students and families.
|
12 |
| (c) The chairperson of the Illinois Education Roundtable |
13 |
| may authorize the creation of working groups focusing on areas |
14 |
| of interest to Illinois educational and workforce development. |
15 |
| Working groups may address, without limitation, the following: |
16 |
| (1) Preparation, recruitment, and certification of |
17 |
| highly qualified teachers. |
18 |
| (2) Mentoring and induction of highly qualified |
19 |
| teachers. |
20 |
| (3) The diversity of highly qualified teachers. |
21 |
| (4) Highly qualified administrators. |
22 |
| (5) Illinois birth through age 3 education, |
23 |
| prekindergarten, and early childhood education: |
24 |
| (6) The assessment, alignment, outreach, and network |
25 |
| of college and workforce readiness efforts.
|
26 |
| (7) Alternative routes to college access. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 249 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (8) Research data and accountability. |
2 |
| (9) Routes to school district consolidation.
|
3 |
| (105 ILCS 5/27A-4)
|
4 |
| Sec. 27A-4. General Provisions.
|
5 |
| (a) The General Assembly does not intend to alter or amend |
6 |
| the provisions
of any court-ordered desegregation plan in |
7 |
| effect for any school district. A
charter school shall be |
8 |
| subject to all federal and State laws and
constitutional |
9 |
| provisions prohibiting discrimination on the basis of
|
10 |
| disability, race, creed, color, gender, national origin, |
11 |
| religion, ancestry,
marital status, or need for special |
12 |
| education services.
|
13 |
| (b) The total number of charter schools operating under |
14 |
| this Article at any
one time shall not exceed 120
60 . Not more |
15 |
| than 60
30 charter
schools
shall operate at any one time in any |
16 |
| city having a population exceeding
500,000; not more than 30
15
|
17 |
| charter schools shall operate at any one time in the counties |
18 |
| of DuPage, Kane,
Lake, McHenry, Will, and that portion of Cook |
19 |
| County that is located outside a
city having a population |
20 |
| exceeding 500,000, with not more than one
charter school that |
21 |
| has been initiated by a board of education, or
by an |
22 |
| intergovernmental agreement between or among boards of |
23 |
| education,
operating at any one time in the school district |
24 |
| where the charter school is
located; and not more than 30
15
|
25 |
| charter
schools shall operate at any one time in the remainder |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 250 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| of the State, with not
more than one charter school that
has |
2 |
| been initiated by a board of education, or
by an |
3 |
| intergovernmental agreement between or among boards of |
4 |
| education,
operating at any one
time in the school district |
5 |
| where the charter school is located.
|
6 |
| For purposes of implementing this Section, the State Board |
7 |
| shall assign a
number to each charter submission it receives |
8 |
| under Section 27A-6 for its
review and certification, based on |
9 |
| the chronological order in which the
submission is received by |
10 |
| it. The State Board shall promptly notify local
school boards |
11 |
| when the maximum numbers of certified charter schools |
12 |
| authorized
to operate have been reached.
|
13 |
| (c) No charter shall be granted under this Article that |
14 |
| would convert any
existing private, parochial, or non-public |
15 |
| school to a charter school.
|
16 |
| (d) Enrollment in a charter school shall be open to any |
17 |
| pupil who resides
within the geographic boundaries of the area |
18 |
| served by the local school board, provided that the board of |
19 |
| education in a city having a population exceeding 500,000 may |
20 |
| designate attendance boundaries for no more than one-third of |
21 |
| the charter schools permitted in the city if the board of |
22 |
| education determines that attendance boundaries are needed to |
23 |
| relieve overcrowding or to better serve low-income and at-risk |
24 |
| students. Students residing within an attendance boundary may |
25 |
| be given priority for enrollment, but must not be required to |
26 |
| attend the charter school.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 251 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (e) Nothing in this Article shall prevent 2 or more local |
2 |
| school boards from
jointly
issuing a charter to a single shared |
3 |
| charter school, provided that all of the
provisions of this |
4 |
| Article are met as to those local school boards.
|
5 |
| (f) No local school board shall require any employee of the |
6 |
| school district
to be employed in a charter school.
|
7 |
| (g) No local school board shall require any pupil residing |
8 |
| within the
geographic boundary of its district to enroll in a |
9 |
| charter school.
|
10 |
| (h) If there are more eligible applicants for enrollment in |
11 |
| a charter school
than there are spaces available, successful |
12 |
| applicants shall be selected by
lottery. However, priority |
13 |
| shall be given to siblings of pupils enrolled in
the charter |
14 |
| school and to pupils who were enrolled in the charter school |
15 |
| the
previous school year, unless expelled for cause, and |
16 |
| priority may be given to pupils residing within the charter |
17 |
| school's attendance boundary, if a boundary has been designated |
18 |
| by the board of education in a city having a population |
19 |
| exceeding 500,000. Dual enrollment at both a
charter school and |
20 |
| a public school or non-public school shall not be allowed.
A |
21 |
| pupil who is suspended or expelled from a charter school shall |
22 |
| be deemed to
be suspended or expelled from the public schools |
23 |
| of the school district in
which the pupil resides.
|
24 |
| (i) (Blank).
|
25 |
| (j) Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the |
26 |
| contrary, a
school district in a city having a population |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 252 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| exceeding 500,000 shall not
have a duty to collectively bargain |
2 |
| with an exclusive representative of its
employees over |
3 |
| decisions to grant or deny a charter school proposal
under |
4 |
| Section 27A-8 of this Code, decisions to renew or revoke a |
5 |
| charter
under Section 27A-9 of this Code, and the impact of |
6 |
| these decisions,
provided that nothing in this Section shall |
7 |
| have the effect of negating,
abrogating, replacing, reducing, |
8 |
| diminishing, or limiting in any way
employee rights, |
9 |
| guarantees, or privileges granted in Sections 2, 3, 7, 8,
10, |
10 |
| 14, and 15 of the Illinois Educational Labor Relations Act.
|
11 |
| (Source: P.A. 92-16, eff. 6-28-01; 93-3, eff. 4-16-03; 93-861, |
12 |
| eff. 1-1-05.)
|
13 |
| Section 93-10. The Education for Homeless Children Act is |
14 |
| amended by adding Section 1-33 as follows: |
15 |
| (105 ILCS 45/1-33 new) |
16 |
| Sec. 1-33. Education of Homeless Children and Youth State |
17 |
| Grant Program. |
18 |
| (a) It is the purpose and intent of this Section to |
19 |
| establish a State grant program that parallels and supplements, |
20 |
| but operates independently of, the federal grant program |
21 |
| allocating funds for assistance under Subtitle B of Title VII |
22 |
| of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11431 |
23 |
| et seq.) and to establish a State grant program to support |
24 |
| school districts throughout the State in facilitating the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 253 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| enrollment, attendance, and success of homeless children and |
2 |
| youth. |
3 |
| (b) Subject to appropriation, the State Board of Education |
4 |
| shall award competitive grants under an Education of Homeless |
5 |
| Children and Youth State Grant Program to applicant school |
6 |
| districts in accordance with this Section. Services provided by |
7 |
| school districts through the use of grant funds may not replace |
8 |
| the regular academic program and must be designed to expand |
9 |
| upon or improve services provided for homeless students as part |
10 |
| of the school's regular academic program. |
11 |
| (c) A school district that desires to receive a grant under |
12 |
| this Section shall submit an application to the State Board of |
13 |
| Education at such time, in such manner, and containing or |
14 |
| accompanied by such information as the State Board of Education |
15 |
| may reasonably require. |
16 |
| (d) Grants must be awarded on the basis of the need of the |
17 |
| school district for assistance under this Section and the |
18 |
| quality of the applications submitted. |
19 |
| (1) In determining need under this subsection (d), the |
20 |
| State Board of Education may consider the number of |
21 |
| homeless children and youths enrolled in preschool, |
22 |
| elementary school, and secondary school within the school |
23 |
| district and shall consider the needs of such children and |
24 |
| youths and the ability of the district to meet such needs. |
25 |
| The State Board of Education may also consider the |
26 |
| following: |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 254 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (A) The extent to which the proposed use of funds |
2 |
| will facilitate the enrollment, retention, and |
3 |
| educational success of homeless children and youths. |
4 |
| (B) The extent to which the application (i) |
5 |
| reflects coordination with other local and State |
6 |
| agencies that serve homeless children and youths and |
7 |
| (ii) describes how the applicant will meet the |
8 |
| requirements of this Act and the federal |
9 |
| McKinney-Vento Homeless Education Assistance |
10 |
| Improvements Act of 2001. |
11 |
| (C) The extent to which the applicant exhibits in |
12 |
| the application and in current practice a commitment to |
13 |
| education for all homeless children and youths. |
14 |
| (D) Such other criteria as the State Board |
15 |
| determines is appropriate. |
16 |
| (2) In determining the quality of applications under |
17 |
| this subsection (d), the State Board of Education shall |
18 |
| consider the following: |
19 |
| (A) The applicant's assessment of needs and the |
20 |
| likelihood that the program presented in the |
21 |
| application will meet such needs. |
22 |
| (B) The types, intensity, and coordination of the |
23 |
| services to be provided under the program. |
24 |
| (C) The involvement of parents or guardians of |
25 |
| homeless children or youths in the education of these |
26 |
| children. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 255 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (D) The extent to which homeless children and |
2 |
| youths are effectively integrated within the regular |
3 |
| education program. |
4 |
| (E) The quality of the applicant's evaluation plan |
5 |
| for the program. |
6 |
| (F) The extent to which services provided will be |
7 |
| coordinated with other services available to homeless |
8 |
| children and youths and their families. |
9 |
| (G) Such other measures as the State Board |
10 |
| considers indicative of a high-quality program, such |
11 |
| as the extent to which the school district will provide |
12 |
| case management or related services to unaccompanied |
13 |
| youths. |
14 |
| (e) Grants awarded under this Section shall be for terms |
15 |
| not to exceed 3 years, but subject to annual appropriation for |
16 |
| this program. School districts shall use funds awarded under |
17 |
| this Section only for those activities set forth in Section |
18 |
| 723(d) of Subtitle B of Title VII of the McKinney-Vento |
19 |
| Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11433(d)). |
20 |
| (f) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules, |
21 |
| consistent with the requirements of this Section, that are |
22 |
| necessary to implement and administer the Education of Homeless |
23 |
| Children and Youth State Grant Program. |
24 |
| Section 93-15. The School Construction Law is amended by |
25 |
| adding Section 5-105 as follows: |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 256 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (105 ILCS 230/5-105 new) |
2 |
| Sec. 5-105. Early childhood construction grants. |
3 |
| (a) Subject to appropriation, the Capital Development |
4 |
| Board is authorized to make construction grants to early |
5 |
| childhood providers, including school districts, non-profit |
6 |
| and for-profit community-based entities, license-exempt |
7 |
| entities, and faith-based schools. These grants shall be paid |
8 |
| out of moneys appropriated for that purpose from the School |
9 |
| Infrastructure Fund. An early childhood provider must provide |
10 |
| matching funds in an amount equal to the amount of the grant |
11 |
| under this Section. An early childhood provider has no |
12 |
| entitlement to a grant under this Section. |
13 |
| (b) The Capital Development Board shall adopt rules to |
14 |
| implement this Section. The rules may specify the following: |
15 |
| (1) the manner of applying for grants; |
16 |
| (2) project eligibility requirements; |
17 |
| (3) restrictions on the use of grant moneys; |
18 |
| (4) the manner in which recipients must account for the |
19 |
| use of grant moneys; and |
20 |
| (5) any other provision that the Capital Development |
21 |
| Board deems necessary to prioritize applications. |
22 |
| Early childhood construction grants shall be prioritized |
23 |
| in the following order: |
24 |
| (i) Projects that expand physical capacity in order to |
25 |
| serve additional children. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 257 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (ii) Projects to address health, life, and safety |
2 |
| issues, projects to bring non-compliant sites into |
3 |
| licensing compliance, projects that meet guidelines of the |
4 |
| federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or |
5 |
| projects that implement a birth to age 3 program. |
6 |
| (c) In each fiscal year in which early childhood |
7 |
| construction grants are awarded, 20% of the total amount |
8 |
| awarded must be awarded to early childhood providers located |
9 |
| within a municipality with a population of more than 500,000, |
10 |
| provided that those providers comply with the requirements of |
11 |
| this Section and the rules adopted under this Section. |
12 |
| Section 93-20. The Board of Higher Education Act is amended |
13 |
| by adding Section 9.33 as follows: |
14 |
| (110 ILCS 205/9.33 new) |
15 |
| Sec. 9.33. Teacher and school leadership preparation. |
16 |
| (a) Using funds appropriated for this purpose, the Board of |
17 |
| Higher Education, in conjunction with the State Board of |
18 |
| Education and the Illinois Community College Board, shall work |
19 |
| to strengthen teacher and school leadership preparation |
20 |
| programs and foster linkages to new teacher mentoring and |
21 |
| induction to better prepare graduates to teach in |
22 |
| low-performing and hard-to-staff schools, reduce teacher |
23 |
| attrition, and improve student achievement. |
24 |
| (b) The Board of Higher Education and the State Board of |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 258 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Education shall jointly develop a pilot program to establish |
2 |
| high quality Professional Development Schools, in compliance |
3 |
| with National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education |
4 |
| (NCATE) standards for professional development schools and |
5 |
| guidelines established by the Board of Higher Education and the |
6 |
| State Board of Education. Professional Development School |
7 |
| guidelines shall include without limitation all of the |
8 |
| following principles: |
9 |
| (1) University and prekindergarten through grade 12 |
10 |
| educators shall share governance of Professional |
11 |
| Development Schools through collaborative planning and |
12 |
| decision-making to address the needs of prekindergarten |
13 |
| through grade 12 programs and teacher preparation |
14 |
| programs. |
15 |
| (2) University faculty must be integrated into |
16 |
| clinical settings, especially those campus-based faculty |
17 |
| in the arts and sciences, educational foundations, and |
18 |
| educational psychology coursework. |
19 |
| (3) Professional Development Schools shall support |
20 |
| school improvement efforts and other statewide |
21 |
| prekindergarten through grade 12 reform initiatives. |
22 |
| (4) Teacher candidates must be provided with extensive |
23 |
| and intensive clinical experiences. |
24 |
| (5) Professional Development Schools shall collect |
25 |
| extensive qualitative and quantitative assessment data |
26 |
| relating to experiences, attitudes, student achievement, |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 259 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| and candidate readiness. |
2 |
| (6) Professional Development Schools shall collect |
3 |
| longitudinal data to track teacher graduates into their |
4 |
| classrooms and assess teacher effectiveness through |
5 |
| value-added evaluation of student achievement in the |
6 |
| classroom. |
7 |
| (7) Prekindergarten through grade 12 teachers and |
8 |
| university faculty shall establish and sustain a rigorous, |
9 |
| ongoing induction and mentoring system. |
10 |
| (8) Master teachers and administrators, who have |
11 |
| demonstrated exemplary teaching and leadership related to |
12 |
| student learning, shall provide a variety of support |
13 |
| services, such as modeling and coaching. |
14 |
| (9) Professional Development Schools shall reflect the |
15 |
| most current site-appropriate research. Faculty, teachers, |
16 |
| and candidates shall collaboratively engage in action |
17 |
| research for both the school and the college classroom. |
18 |
| (10) Best technological practices must be implemented |
19 |
| as effective instructional, planning, and management |
20 |
| tools. |
21 |
| (11) Professional Development Schools shall provide |
22 |
| experiences working with diverse learning styles; this |
23 |
| includes opportunities to interact with parents and the |
24 |
| broader community. |
25 |
| (12) Multiple universities may work collaboratively at |
26 |
| a Professional Development School. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 260 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (13) Information from Professional Development Schools |
2 |
| shall be submitted to the State Board of Education's |
3 |
| Teacher Certification Data Warehouse data collection |
4 |
| system. |
5 |
| The State Board of Education shall require |
6 |
| performance-based assessments measuring candidates' knowledge |
7 |
| in content and pedagogy, as demonstrated by successfully |
8 |
| passing the following assessments at predetermined checkpoints |
9 |
| for certification and degree completion: |
10 |
| (A) the basic skills test, required prior to |
11 |
| admission to a college of education. |
12 |
| (B) the content area test or tests, required prior |
13 |
| to student teaching placement; and |
14 |
| (C) the pedagogy test, required prior to |
15 |
| completion of student teaching.
|
16 |
| (c) The Board of Higher Education and the Illinois |
17 |
| Community College Board shall work with universities and |
18 |
| community colleges to develop and implement effective |
19 |
| admission, transfer, and advisement policies for Associate of |
20 |
| Arts in Teaching graduates to promote the success of these |
21 |
| future teacher candidates. |
22 |
| (d) The Board of Higher Education, the State Board of |
23 |
| Education, and the Illinois Community College Board shall |
24 |
| develop a statewide system, including student unit records, to |
25 |
| assess and inform schools, school districts, community |
26 |
| colleges, universities, and the State on student, teacher, |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 261 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| school, and teacher preparation program performance. This |
2 |
| system shall include value-added learning at each level. |
3 |
| (e) The Board of Higher Education may adopt any rules that |
4 |
| are necessary to carry out its responsibilities under this |
5 |
| Section.
|
6 |
| Section 93-25. The Public Community College Act is amended |
7 |
| by adding Section 2-24 as follows: |
8 |
| (110 ILCS 805/2-24 new) |
9 |
| Sec. 2-24. Teacher and school leadership preparation. The |
10 |
| State Board shall comply with Section 9.33 of the Board of |
11 |
| Higher Education Act. The State Board may adopt any rules that |
12 |
| are necessary to carry out its responsibilities under Section |
13 |
| 9.33 of the Board of Higher Education Act.
|
14 |
| (110 ILCS 205/9.10 rep.)
|
15 |
| Section 93-30. The Board of Higher Education Act is amended |
16 |
| by repealing Section 9.10.
|
17 |
| Section 93-95. No acceleration or delay. Where this Act |
18 |
| makes changes in a statute that is represented in this Act by |
19 |
| text that is not yet or no longer in effect (for example, a |
20 |
| Section represented by multiple versions), the use of that text |
21 |
| does not accelerate or delay the taking effect of (i) the |
22 |
| changes made by this Act or (ii) provisions derived from any |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 262 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| other Public Act. |
2 |
| ARTICLE 96. |
3 |
| Section 96-5. The Property Tax Code is amended by changing |
4 |
| Sections 18-255, 20-15, and 21-30 and by adding Section 18-178 |
5 |
| as follows: |
6 |
| (35 ILCS 200/18-178 new) |
7 |
| Sec. 18-178. Education Property Tax Relief Program. |
8 |
| Beginning with taxes levied in 2007 and payable in 2008, the |
9 |
| county clerk shall determine the final extension for education |
10 |
| purposes for all taxable property in each school district |
11 |
| located entirely in the county or for the taxable property of |
12 |
| that portion of a school district located in the county, |
13 |
| according to the maximum rate, levy, and extension authorized |
14 |
| under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, the Truth in |
15 |
| Taxation Law, and any other provision in this Code. The county |
16 |
| clerk shall then reduce the extension for education purposes |
17 |
| for each school district or portion of a school district in the |
18 |
| county by the amount of the Education Property Tax Relief |
19 |
| Payment paid by the Illinois State Board of Education to each |
20 |
| school district under the Education Property Tax Relief Law and |
21 |
| certified to the county clerk for that school district or |
22 |
| portion of a school district by the Department. After the final |
23 |
| extension for education purposes has been determined and |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 263 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| reduced, the county clerk shall notify the Department. The |
2 |
| county clerk shall determine the prorated portion of the |
3 |
| certified Education Property Tax Relief Payment for districts |
4 |
| with boundaries located in 2 or more counties. The clerk shall |
5 |
| allocate the Education Property Tax Relief Payment based on the |
6 |
| most current final equalized assessed valuation data. The |
7 |
| extension amount for education purposes, as originally |
8 |
| calculated before reduction, is the final extension for |
9 |
| education purposes and shall be used for all other purposes, |
10 |
| including determining the maximum rate, levy, and extension |
11 |
| authorized under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, the |
12 |
| Truth in Taxation Law, and any other provision in this Code and |
13 |
| the School Code.
|
14 |
| (35 ILCS 200/18-255)
|
15 |
| Sec. 18-255. Abstract of assessments and extensions. When |
16 |
| the collector's
books are completed, the county clerk shall |
17 |
| make a complete statement of the
assessment and extensions, in |
18 |
| conformity to the instructions of the Department.
The clerk |
19 |
| shall certify the statement to the Department. Beginning with |
20 |
| the 2007 levy year and thereafter, the Department shall require |
21 |
| the statement to include a separate column listing the amount |
22 |
| of any extension that is reduced under Section 18-178 of this |
23 |
| Code.
|
24 |
| (Source: Laws 1943, vol. 1, p. 1136; P.A. 88-455.)
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 264 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (35 ILCS 200/20-15)
|
2 |
| Sec. 20-15. Information on bill or separate statement. The |
3 |
| amount of tax liability due and the rates shown on each |
4 |
| individual tax bill pursuant to this Section are subject to the |
5 |
| reduction provided under Section 18-178 of this Code. There |
6 |
| shall be
printed on each bill, or on a separate slip which |
7 |
| shall be mailed with the
bill:
|
8 |
| (a) a statement itemizing the rate at which taxes have |
9 |
| been extended for
each of the taxing districts in the |
10 |
| county in whose district the property is
located, and in |
11 |
| those counties utilizing
electronic data processing |
12 |
| equipment the dollar amount of tax due from the
person |
13 |
| assessed allocable to each of those taxing districts, |
14 |
| including a
separate statement of the dollar amount of tax |
15 |
| due which is allocable to a tax
levied under the Illinois |
16 |
| Local Library Act or to any other tax levied by a
|
17 |
| municipality or township for public library purposes,
|
18 |
| (b) a separate statement for each of the taxing |
19 |
| districts of the dollar
amount of tax due which is |
20 |
| allocable to a tax levied under the Illinois Pension
Code |
21 |
| or to any other tax levied by a municipality or township |
22 |
| for public
pension or retirement purposes,
|
23 |
| (c) the total tax rate,
|
24 |
| (d) the total amount of tax due, and
|
25 |
| (e) the amount by which the total tax and the tax |
26 |
| allocable to each taxing
district differs from the |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 265 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| taxpayer's last prior tax bill , and |
2 |
| (f) the amount of tax reduced under Section 18-178 of |
3 |
| the Code, entitled the Education Property Tax Relief |
4 |
| Program .
|
5 |
| The county treasurer shall ensure that only those taxing |
6 |
| districts in
which a parcel of property is located shall be |
7 |
| listed on the bill for that
property.
|
8 |
| In all counties the statement shall also provide:
|
9 |
| (1) the property index number or other suitable |
10 |
| description,
|
11 |
| (2) the assessment of the property,
|
12 |
| (3) the equalization factors imposed by the county and |
13 |
| by the Department,
and
|
14 |
| (4) the equalized assessment resulting from the |
15 |
| application of the
equalization factors to the basic |
16 |
| assessment.
|
17 |
| In all counties which do not classify property for purposes |
18 |
| of taxation, for
property on which a single family residence is |
19 |
| situated the statement shall
also include a statement to |
20 |
| reflect the fair cash value determined for the
property. In all |
21 |
| counties which classify property for purposes of taxation in
|
22 |
| accordance with Section 4 of Article IX of the Illinois |
23 |
| Constitution, for
parcels of residential property in the lowest |
24 |
| assessment classification the
statement shall also include a |
25 |
| statement to reflect the fair cash value
determined for the |
26 |
| property.
|
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 266 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| In all counties, the statement shall include information |
2 |
| that certain
taxpayers may be eligible for the Senior Citizens |
3 |
| and Disabled Persons Property
Tax Relief and Pharmaceutical |
4 |
| Assistance Act and that applications are
available from the |
5 |
| Illinois Department of Revenue.
|
6 |
| In counties which use the estimated or accelerated billing |
7 |
| methods, these
statements shall only be provided with the final |
8 |
| installment of taxes due. The
provisions of this Section create |
9 |
| a mandatory statutory duty. They are not
merely directory or |
10 |
| discretionary. The failure or neglect of the collector to
mail |
11 |
| the bill, or the failure of the taxpayer to receive the bill, |
12 |
| shall not
affect the validity of any tax, or the liability for |
13 |
| the payment of any tax.
|
14 |
| (Source: P.A. 91-699, eff. 1-1-01.)
|
15 |
| (35 ILCS 200/21-30)
|
16 |
| Sec. 21-30. Accelerated billing. Except as provided in this |
17 |
| Section, Section 9-260, and Section 21-40, in
counties with
|
18 |
| 3,000,000 or more inhabitants, by January 31 annually, |
19 |
| estimated tax bills
setting out the first installment of |
20 |
| property taxes for the preceding year,
payable in that year, |
21 |
| shall be prepared and mailed. The first installment of
taxes on |
22 |
| the estimated tax bills shall be computed at 50% of the total |
23 |
| of each
tax bill for the preceding year.
If, prior to the |
24 |
| preparation of the estimated tax bills, a certificate of
error |
25 |
| has been either approved by a court on or before November 30 of |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 267 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| the
preceding year or certified pursuant to Section 14-15 on or |
2 |
| before November 30
of the preceding year, then the first |
3 |
| installment of taxes on the estimated tax
bills shall be |
4 |
| computed at 50% of the total taxes for the preceding year as
|
5 |
| corrected by the certificate of error.
By June 30 annually, |
6 |
| actual tax bills shall
be prepared and mailed. These bills |
7 |
| shall set out total taxes due and the
amount of estimated taxes |
8 |
| billed in the first installment, and shall state
the balance of |
9 |
| taxes due for that year as represented by the sum derived
from |
10 |
| subtracting the amount of the first installment from the total |
11 |
| taxes due
for that year , subject to the reduction of taxes |
12 |
| calculated under Section 18-178 of this Code. The second |
13 |
| installment shall also include the full amount of tax reduced |
14 |
| on each individual bill under Section 18-178 of this Code .
|
15 |
| The county board may provide by ordinance, in counties with |
16 |
| 3,000,000 or more
inhabitants, for taxes to be paid in 4 |
17 |
| installments. For the levy year for
which the ordinance is |
18 |
| first effective and each subsequent year, estimated tax
bills |
19 |
| setting out the first, second, and third installment of taxes |
20 |
| for the
preceding year, payable in that year, shall be prepared |
21 |
| and mailed not later
than the date specified by ordinance. Each |
22 |
| installment on estimated tax bills
shall be computed at 25% of |
23 |
| the total of each tax bill for the preceding year.
By the date |
24 |
| specified in the ordinance, actual tax bills shall be prepared |
25 |
| and
mailed. These bills shall set out total taxes due and the |
26 |
| amount of estimated
taxes billed in the first, second, and |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 268 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| third installments and shall state the
balance of taxes due for |
2 |
| that year as represented by the sum derived from
subtracting |
3 |
| the amount of the estimated installments from the total taxes |
4 |
| due
for that year.
|
5 |
| The county board of any county with less than 3,000,000 |
6 |
| inhabitants may, by
ordinance or resolution, adopt an |
7 |
| accelerated method of tax billing.
The county board may |
8 |
| subsequently rescind the ordinance or resolution and
revert to |
9 |
| the method otherwise provided for in this Code.
|
10 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-560, eff. 8-20-03; 94-312, eff. 7-25-05.)
|
11 |
| Section 96-10. The School Code is amended by adding Article |
12 |
| 37 as follows: |
13 |
| (105 ILCS 5/Art. 37 heading new)
|
14 |
| ARTICLE 37. EDUCATION PROPERTY TAX RELIEF LAW |
15 |
| (105 ILCS 5/37-1 new)
|
16 |
| Sec. 37-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the |
17 |
| Education Property Tax Relief Law. |
18 |
| (105 ILCS 5/37-5 new)
|
19 |
| Sec. 37-5. Definitions. As used in this Law: |
20 |
| "Agency" means the Illinois State Board of Education. |
21 |
| "Alternate Method Districts" means those school districts |
22 |
| that have a Median Multiplier in the bottom one-third (ranked |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 269 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| from highest to lowest) as compared to the school districts |
2 |
| within their respective District Type. |
3 |
| "Average Daily Attendance" means the count of pupil |
4 |
| attendance in school, averaged as provided for in Section |
5 |
| 18-8.05 of this Code, that is used in the calculation of the |
6 |
| most recent finalized year's General State Aid, also as |
7 |
| calculated per Section 18-8.05 of this Code. |
8 |
| "District Type" means a unit district, elementary |
9 |
| district, or high school district, as such terms are defined in |
10 |
| Section 11E-10 of this Code. |
11 |
| "Equalized Assessed Valuation Per Pupil" means the |
12 |
| quotient determined by dividing the equalized assessed |
13 |
| valuation of the taxable property of a school district (using |
14 |
| the Tax Year) by the school district's Average Daily |
15 |
| Attendance. |
16 |
| "Equalized Assessed Valuation Scale Composite" means the |
17 |
| product determined by multiplying the Median Multiplier by the |
18 |
| Operating Tax Levy. |
19 |
| "Median Equalized Assessed Valuation Per Pupil" means the |
20 |
| median Equalized Assessed Valuation Per Pupil of school |
21 |
| districts for each District Type. |
22 |
| "Median Multiplier" means the quotient determined by |
23 |
| dividing the Median Equalized Assessed Valuation Per Pupil by |
24 |
| the Equalized Assessed Valuation Per Pupil for each school |
25 |
| district. |
26 |
| "Operating Tax Levy" means all school district property |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 270 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| taxes in a Tax Year extended for all purposes, except bond and |
2 |
| interest, summer school, rent, capital improvement, and |
3 |
| vocational education building purposes. |
4 |
| "Relevant Total Amount Available" means the amount set |
5 |
| forth in in item (2) of Section 37-15 of this Law divided by |
6 |
| the Total Amount Available for each District Type. The Total |
7 |
| Amount Available for each District Type means the product of |
8 |
| (A) the total Equalized Assessed Valuation for a District Type |
9 |
| divided by the total Equalized Assessed Valuation for all |
10 |
| District Types; and (B) the amount set forth in item (2) of |
11 |
| Section 37-15. |
12 |
| "Tax Year" means, for the first fiscal year during which |
13 |
| moneys are disbursed pursuant to this Law, the 2004 tax year |
14 |
| and, for subsequent years, the most recent tax year for which |
15 |
| data is available. |
16 |
| "Total Equalized Assessed Valuation Scale Composite" means |
17 |
| the sum determined by adding the Equalized Assessed Valuation |
18 |
| Scale Composite of all districts in a District Type. |
19 |
| (105 ILCS 5/37-10 new)
|
20 |
| Sec. 37-10. Calculation of the Education Property Tax |
21 |
| Relief Payment.
|
22 |
| (a) The Agency shall calculate a payment for each school |
23 |
| district, other than a school district organized under Article |
24 |
| 34 of this Code, in the following manner: |
25 |
| (1) School districts shall be separated by District |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 271 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| Type; |
2 |
| (2) For all school districts within a District Type, |
3 |
| the Agency shall, using the Tax Year, calculate the |
4 |
| Equalized Assessed Valuation Per Pupil; |
5 |
| (3) The Agency shall calculate the Median Equalized |
6 |
| Assessed Valuation Per Pupil; |
7 |
| (4) For each District Type, the Agency shall calculate |
8 |
| the Median Multiplier; |
9 |
| (5) The Agency shall determine which school districts |
10 |
| within each District Type are Alternate Method Districts; |
11 |
| (6) Each Alternate Method District shall receive, as a |
12 |
| payment, an amount equal to that district's Average Daily |
13 |
| Attendance multiplied by $250; and |
14 |
| (7) For each school district in each District Type |
15 |
| other than Alternate Method Districts, the Agency shall: |
16 |
| (A) divide the Equalized Assessed Valuation Scale |
17 |
| Composite for the district by the Total Equalized |
18 |
| Assessed Valuation Scale Composite of all districts in |
19 |
| the district's District Type; and |
20 |
| (B) multiply the quotient in item (a)(7)(A) by the |
21 |
| Relevant Total Amount Available less the amount |
22 |
| calculated in item (a)(6) for each District Type. |
23 |
| (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Law, a |
24 |
| school district may not receive, pursuant to this Law, an |
25 |
| amount greater than 50% of the district's Operating Tax Levy. |
|
|
|
09500SB0001sam001 |
- 272 - |
LRB095 04777 BDD 34822 a |
|
|
1 |
| (105 ILCS 5/37-15 new)
|
2 |
| Sec. 37-15. Education Property Tax Relief. Subject to |
3 |
| appropriation, the Agency shall make the following payments: |
4 |
| (1) School districts organized under Article 34 of the |
5 |
| School Code shall receive a payment of $200,000,000. The |
6 |
| payment shall be divided equally in 2 installments and |
7 |
| shall be payable on March 1 and September 1 of each year. |
8 |
| (2) The total amount available to school districts |
9 |
| subject to Section 37-10 of this Law is $800,000,000, and |
10 |
| those districts shall receive their payments in 2 equal |
11 |
| installments and shall be payable on March 1 and September |
12 |
| 1 of each year. |
13 |
| (105 ILCS 5/37-20 new)
|
14 |
| Sec. 37-20. Certification of Payment. |
15 |
| (a) The Agency shall, by January 1 of each year, certify to |
16 |
| the Illinois Department of Revenue the payments due to each |
17 |
| school district under this Law. If a school district's |
18 |
| boundaries are located in 2 or more counties, the certification |
19 |
| shall identify each county in which the school district is |
20 |
| located. |
21 |
| (b) The Department of Revenue shall, by January 15 of each |
22 |
| year, certify the payment due to each school district to the |
23 |
| county clerk of the county in which the school district is |
24 |
| located.
|